Abstract
Background
Millions of street‐connected children and young people worldwide live or work in street environments. They are vulnerable to many risks, whether or not they remain connected to families of origin, and despite many strengths and resiliencies, they are excluded from mainstream social structures and opportunities.
Objectives
Primary research objectives
To evaluate and summarise the effectiveness of interventions for street‐connected children and young people that aim to:
• promote inclusion and reintegration;
• increase literacy and numeracy;
• facilitate access to education and employment;
• promote mental health, including self esteem;
• reduce harms associated with early sexual activity and substance misuse.
Secondary research objectives
• To explore whether effects of interventions differ within and between populations, and whether an equity gradient influences these effects, by extrapolating from all findings relevance for low‐ and middle‐income countries (LMICs) (Peters 2004).
• To describe other health, educational, psychosocial and behavioural effects, when appropriate outcomes are reported.
• To explore the influence of context in design, delivery and outcomes of interventions.
• To explore the relationship between numbers of components and duration and effects of interventions.
• To highlight implications of these findings for further research and research methods to improve evidence in relation to the primary research objective.
• To consider adverse or unintended outcomes.
Search methods
We searched the following bibliographic databases, searched for the original review, from inception to 2012, and various relevant non‐governmental and organisational websites: Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL); MEDLINE and Pre‐MEDLINE; EMBASE and EMBASE Classic; Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL); PsycINFO; Education Resource Information Center (ERIC); Sociological Abstracts; Social Services Abstracts; Social Work Abstracts; Healthstar; Latin American Caribbean Health Sciences Literature (LILACS); System for Grey literature in Europe (OpenGrey); ProQuest Dissertations and Theses; EconLit; IDEAS Economics and Finance Research; JOLIS Library Catalog of the holdings of the World Bank Group and International Monetary Fund (IMF) Libraries; British Library for Development Studies (BLDS); Google and Google Scholar. We updated the search in April 2015 for the review update, using the same methods.
Selection criteria
This review includes data from harm reduction or reintegration intervention studies that used a comparison group study design; all were randomised or quasi‐randomised studies. Studies were included if they evaluated interventions provided for street‐connected children and young people, from birth to 24 years, in all contexts.
Data collection and analysis
Two review authors independently extracted data and assessed risk of bias and other factors presented in the Discussion and Summary quality assessment (Grades of Recommendation, Assessment, Development and Evaluation (GRADE)). We extracted data on intervention delivery, context, process factors, equity and outcomes, and grouped outcomes into psychosocial outcomes, risky sexual behaviours or substance use. We conducted meta‐analyses for outcomes where the outcome measures were sufficiently similar. We evaluated other outcomes narratively.
Main results
We included 13 studies evaluating 19 interventions from high‐income countries (HICs). At update stage (from our 2015 search), one previously included study was removed and three new studies added (since our 2012 search). We found no sufficiently robust evaluations conducted in low‐ and middle‐income countries (LMICs). Study quality overall was low and measurements used by studies variable. Participants were classified as drop‐in and shelter‐based. No studies measured the primary outcome of reintegration and none reported on adverse effects.We found no consistent results on a range of relevant outcomes within domains of psychosocial health, substance misuse and sexually risky behaviours . Interventions evaluated consisted of time‐limited therapeutically based programmes that proved no more effective than standard shelter or drop‐in services and other control interventions used for most outcomes in most studies. Favourable changes from baseline were reported for outcomes for most participants following therapy interventions and standard services. We noted considerable heterogeneity between studies and inconsistent reporting of equity data. No studies measured the primary outcome of reintegration or reported on adverse effects.
Authors' conclusions
Analysis revealed no consistently significant benefit for focused therapeutic interventions compared with standard services such as drop‐in centres, case management and other comparable interventions for street‐connected children and young people. Commonly available services, however, were not rigorously evaluated. Robust evaluation of interventions, including comparison with no intervention, would establish a more reliable evidence base to inform service implementation. More robust research is needed in LMICs to examine interventions for street‐connected children and young people with different backgrounds and service needs.
Plain language summary
Interventions for reducing risks and promoting inclusion of street children and young people
Millions of children and young people are estimated to be living and working on streets around the world. Many demonstrate considerable resilience and strong coping skills but continue to be vulnerable to risks. To provide best chances for them in life, services are needed to reduce risks and prevent marginalisation from mainstream society. Thirteen studies have rigorously evaluated 19 interventions such as services to support street‐connected children and youth ‐ all in high‐income countries. Most have compared therapy‐based services versus usual shelter and drop‐in services, or versus other therapeutic/health interventions. We found mixed results among these studies but overall findings suggesting that participants receiving therapy and those provided usual services benefited to a similar level. Future research should consider the benefits of usual drop‐in and shelter services, most particularly in low‐ and middle‐income countries, and should focus on street‐connected children and young people. None of the studies included participants comparable with street children in low‐income countries, who may be on the street primarily to earn a living, or as a result of war, migration or urbanisation. Overall we assessed the quality of the evidence included in this review as low/moderate.
Summary of findings
for the main comparison.
Therapeutic intervention compared with service as usual for street‐connected children and young people | |||
Patient or population: street‐connected children and young people Settings: shelters and drop‐in centres Intervention: various specific therapeutic types of interventions Comparison: shelter/drop‐in service as usual | |||
Outcome categories (summarised) | Impact | Number of studies (Note: studies for different outcomes overlap) | Quality of the evidence (GRADE) |
Primary outcome ‐ reintegration
|
Reintegration was not measured in any of the studies. Similarly, access to literacy, numeracy, education and employment were not measured in any of the studies that met the criteria for inclusion. However, social stability was measured in 1 study and delinquent behaviours in 4 studies. Social stability outcomes measured in 1 study showed benefit for the intervention group. Delinquent behaviour results were mixed across studies; investigators used different types and constructs of measurement, so findings cannot be summarised | 1 4 |
Moderatea |
Promotion of mental health, including self esteem | Outcomes included in this category included depression, internalising and externalising behaviours, self esteem and psychiatric diagnoses measured on various scales. None of these measures showed overall differences between intervention and control groups, and change score calculations demonstrated that for the most part, both groups improved from baseline. These results indicate that for mental health promotion outcomes, the therapeutic intervention did not obtain significantly better outcomes than the service as usual/control condition in the studies included in this review | 8 | Moderatea |
Reduction in harms associated with substance misuse | Substance misuse was measured in a wide variety of ways and includes alcohol misuse and different categories of non‐prescription drugs, as well as a scale measuring 'problem consequences'. The overall picture emerging form the included studies on these outcomes is unclear, possibly because of the array of measurement types and tools that measure subtly different constructs and differing time windows that were impossible to combine statistically. Results are mixed across studies, with some showing marginal or no differences between groups, and others showing clear benefit for intervention or control. Improvements in some substance misuse measures were noted in all 3 family intervention studies | 8 | Moderatea |
Reduction in harms associated with early sexual activity | Sexually risky behaviour was similarly measured in different ways, including numbers of partners, numbers of times had sex, HIV knowledge, unprotected sex, condom use and rates of abstinence. Again, the picture across studies is mixed. Some studies showed benefit in 1 or another group, but it is difficult to untangle whether this shows benefit of a particular intervention or control condition, or whether this reflects differences in measurement approach | 5 | Lowb |
Family functioning | These outcomes were measured by two studies that utilised family‐based approaches to providing intervention. No differences were found between intervention and control conditions on most of the outcome measures used. These included various aspects of family life such as parenting style, aggression and violence, family conflict and percent days living at home | 2 | Lowc |
Overall picture | Participants in studies remained for the most part at a similar level or improved on outcomes measured. Assessment of the grade of evidence is moderate overall, as whilst some domains of bias (e.g. allocation concealment) were assessed mostly as having low risk of bias, other domains such as blinding, were assessed consistently as high risk, whilst selective reporting was consistently assessed as unclear. No clear examples showed deteriorated outcomes. Findings may be more generalisable to young people in low‐ and middle‐income countries with circumstances more similar to those included in the studies (i.e. those who have left home because of abuse or family conflict | Total studies included = 13 | Moderatea |
GRADE Working Group grades of evidence High quality: Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect Moderate quality: Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and may change the estimate Low quality: Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate Very low quality: We are very uncertain about the estimate |
Summarised outcome categories used in Summary of findings (SoF) table in the interest of space
aOverall, the quality of the evidence was assessed as 'moderate' in the context of typical study quality in comparable areas (psychosocial interventions with at‐risk populations), and standard quality criteria were used in Cochrane reviews (in particular, the GRADE evaluation framework as utilised here). Quality of evidence for all available outcome categories was upgraded because they were based on robust study designs (RCTs); reasonably low drop‐out rates (for the study population involved); some analysis of major confounders including age and gender, and publication of data for a broad range of outcomes, including non‐significant outcomes, measured over reasonably long follow‐up periods, in most included studies. Quality of evidence was downgraded for the following reasons: heterogeneity of study outcomes, measures and types of statistical analysis used; inconsistency in measures, findings and analyses across outcomes and across studies with similar interventions; reliance on self report; use of convenience samples; over‐representation of studies from one study team; and questions over study generalisability. Further, few studies involved a control condition receiving no services, and some did not involve a service as usual condition, reducing comparability across studies. Finally, the relationship between intervention theories and outcomes measured remained unclear, and clinical and subjective significance of outcomes was explored in a small number of included studies. No participatory or process evaluations were available
bAs above, but the quality of the evidence was further downgraded because of the relatively small number of heterogeneous studies
cAs above, but the quality of the evidence was further downgraded because of the small number of studies available. The two included studies were conducted by the same study team.
Background
Description of the condition
The number of street‐connected children and young people worldwide has been estimated at around 100 million (UNICEF 2002), although this figure is widely contested. It is recognised that exact numbers are unknown and estimates vary, in part as the result of political motivations (Thomas de Benitez 2011). Numbers differ depending on whether they are estimated by governments or by non‐government organisations (NGOs). The definition and status of the problem have traditionally differed for European and other high‐income countries (HICs), although structural antecedents such as inequalities or social exclusions may be similar (Karabanow 2014; Karabanow 2010). For example, a minimum of 66,000 first‐time runaways per year has been recorded in England (CSC 2009), and data for the United States estimate 1 to 2 million ‘street involved youth’. The difficulty in estimating numbers is due in part to wide variations in definitions of which young people are included and lack of formal identity papers for most street‐connected children and young people, particularly in low‐ and middle‐income countries (LMICs).
In the historic United Nations International Children's Emergency Fund (UNICEF) definition, ‘children of the street’ are homeless children who live and sleep on the streets in predominantly urban areas, living with other street‐connected children and young people or homeless adults. ‘Children on the street’ earn their living or beg for money on the street and may return home at night to maintain contact with their families. Such definitions may include children who are stateless or migrating, with or without their families. The definition of ‘street‐connected children and young people’ can also overlap with categories such as runaways and homeless youth, children who have been trafficked, child labourers, children who live in slums and children living in institutions (Ennew 2003; UNICEF 2005). Many commentators argue that issues prevalent in the lives of street‐connected children, including risks, do not differ for other children living in urban or rural poverty, and that approaches to the issue of street‐connected children and young people should not be disconnected from approaches to amelioration of poverty and social exclusion more generally (Panter‐Brick 2002; Thomas de Benitez 2011). This review, however, focuses on street‐connected children.
Definitions too are much debated, with varying emphasis on young people’s agency and resilience (Beazley 2003; Van Blerk 2006). Agency typically is conceptualised as an element of young people's resilience that enables street‐connected children and youth, for example, to negotiate for their basic needs, draw on social support networks and explore pathways to achieve their personal goals in a resourceful manner (e.g. Theron 2010). In an overview by the Consortium for Street Children (CSC), de Thomas Benitez states: "street children are recognized to be young people who experience a combination of multiple deprivations and street‐connectedness" (Thomas de Benitez 2011b). Children and young people may live and work on the street or in public spaces, may work on the street and return to family homes or hostels at night or may combine these lifestyles at different times.
In our systematic review, we use the term ‘street‐connected children and young people’ to refer to children who work or sleep, or both, on the streets, and who may or may not necessarily be adequately supervised or directed by responsible adults. It includes (but not exclusively) the co‐existing categories referred to by UNICEF as those ‘on the street’ and those ‘of the street’ ‐ children for whom the street is a reference point and has a central role in their lives (Redes Rio Crianca 2007; Thomas de Benitez 2011; UNICEF 2001a). Current thinking sees this process as non‐linear, with many street‐connected children and young people transitioning off the streets (Panter‐Brick 2002). This definition opens the door to studies of young people living in slums, in squatter settlements and in hostels who also are working on the street.
Important risks faced by street‐connected children and young people include physical, psychological and sexual exploitation; violence; economic exploitation; social exclusion; no skills‐based employment; substance misuse; widespread addiction; and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection (Ennew 2000; West 2003). Many street‐connected children and young people experience health difficulties (Woan 2013), coercion and control by adult gangs, criminality and lack of education (West 2003). However, street‐connected children and young people are not a homogenous group. Current research demonstrates that girls and young women may experience risks differently from boys and young men (Beazley 2003; Van Blerk 2006). Other groups, such as disabled youth and those from ethnic or sexual minority groups, may have different experiences. Children live and work on the streets in different ways and for different reasons (UNICEF 2005). Most street‐connected children and young people are not orphaned but are in contact with their families and may augment the household income (UNICEF 2005). Current research emphasises the resilience of street‐connected children and young people and the fact that children and young people use agency and citizenship and make their own decisions with a need for participation ‐ not solely for protection (Panter‐Brick 2002; Thomas de Benitez 2011).
Description of the intervention
Interventions aiming to improve the situations of street‐connected children and young people include educational projects (Malindi 2012; Ouma 2004), vocational training (Ali 2004; Ferguson 2007), harm reduction (Ferguson 2006; Poland 2002), HIV prevention (Kasirye 2004), family therapeutic intervention (Roberts 2010) and multi‐disciplinary programmes (Scivoletto 2011; Souza 2010). Interventions may take the form of single projects, drop‐in centres or peer education interventions, and many will be underpinned by the ‘children’s rights’ discourse, more recently taking a holistic approach to the needs of young people (Ennew 2000; Thomas de Benitez 2011). Indeed, it has been argued that interventions may not succeed if they ignore children’s voices and do not include their participation in planning and management (Panter‐Brick 2002; Paterson 2008). Understanding of family reintegration is also evolving, and emerging evidence describes holistic, child‐centred approaches to family reintegration in LMICs (Mann 2014; Wedge 2013).
Educational projects offer street‐connected children opportunities to break out of the cycle of poverty. Occasionally these projects help children and youth to sit for formal examinations and obtain recognised certificates (Ouma 2004), and vocational training aims to develop skills to lead children and youth into the world of non‐exploitative work. Some programmes aim, through health and nutrition components, to increase the 'educatability’ of children and youth before or during school attendance. They can take the form of non‐formal education, consisting of any form of systematic learning activity outside the framework of the formal system. Such instruction may be run alongside formal schooling, or may be provided separately.
Several considerations are relevant to interventions and programmes provided for the relevant population. So far, we have particularly identified gender, ethnicity, religion, disability, citizenship, legal status and age of street‐connected children and young people as relevant individual factors that may impact outcomes of interventions. Relevant contextual factors include the experience of sexual abuse, violence, addiction, low literacy, migration (including rural‐to‐urban), poverty and mechanisms of exclusion (such as negative community responses to children's migratory or refugee status, and labelling of individuals as ‘vagrants’, ‘illegal vendors’ or ‘truants’).
It is also important to consider the nature of strategies for engaging young people at street level that, according to a wealth of qualitative literature drawing on ethnographic data and practitioner perspectives, form the basis of successful intervention programmes (Ennew 2000; Karabanow 2004; Panter‐Brick 2002; Thomas de Benitez 2011). "To determine the ‘type’ of intervention needed, engagement enables a relationship and trust to be built. Participatory models of engagement ensure that sufficient time and space is given to children to demonstrate to outsiders why they came to the street, and what their background is. Participatory engagement allows children themselves to tell their histories rather than have to directly answer questions about their past" (Walker 2011 [pers comm]).
How the intervention might work
Logic models offer a particularly useful tool for analysis of complex interventions that operate at individual, group and social system levels (Anderson 2010). We found the logic model a useful tool for capturing on one hand the heterogeneity of intervention types, background variables and research contexts relevant to the review topic, and on the other hand the core elements of successful interventions. In our primary intervention logic model (Figure 1), we divided such intervention components (second column) into micro‐, meso‐ and exo‐level factors, drawing on Bronfenbrenner's analytical model (Bronfenbrenner 1979). These factors interact with factors relevant to recruitment and engagement (first column), again with features relevant at different levels of analysis, including macro‐level factors such as culture and religion. The third column indicates potential intermediate outcomes at these four levels, followed by longer‐term outcomes in the fourth column. Our generalisability logic model (Figure 2) provides a more concise model for assessing the generalisability of a particular intervention across socio‐economic and cultural contexts.
Outcomes identified in the literature include negative effects of poorly planned or forced interventions (Thomas de Benitez 2011) and detrimental outcomes frequently documented in association with reintegration of children in non‐family care into their families of origin (Feeny 2005; Thoburn 2009). However, a possible adverse outcome that may not be captured easily in study evaluations of street‐connected children and young people is their increased mistrust of adults in the context of interventions that may be ad hoc and short‐lived due to lack of funding and other structural support. Some researchers consider that study designs that do not provide genuine opportunities for children and young people to participate throughout the research process are most likely to show failure when the full range of outcomes of an intervention is assessed (Panter‐Brick 2002; Paterson 2008; Slesnick 2009).
A final point to be made is that the circumstances of street‐connected children and young people, as noted above, may be non‐linear, and young people may continue to live and work on the streets whilst engaging with interventions, thus taking many years to reintegrate fully or become reincluded within mainstream society.
Why it is important to do this review
We conducted this review to assess the effectiveness of interventions for improving outcomes among street‐connected children and young people, and for reducing risks of the most adverse outcomes; and to promote access to and integration into education, training and employment opportunities and more healthy and settled lifestyles. Such lifestyles include access to universal human rights such as survival, development, participation and inclusion, although these may be difficult to measure.
By addressing the above‐mentioned outcomes, we explicitly aimed to synthesise the evidence on reintegration approaches, including harm‐reduction programmes. We propose to focus on inclusion, reintegration and harm‐reduction interventions targeted at children and young people while they are living on, or closely connected to, the streets.
We used the World Health Organization (WHO) definition of inclusion. Although a little dated, its principles remain valid in that primary aims of policies and actions aimed at reversing exclusionary processes should be to:
promote full and equal inclusion in social systems;
provide universal access to living standards that are socially acceptable to all members of a society, including access to the same level and quality of health and educational services, safe water, sanitation and ‘decent work’, as defined by the International Labour Organization (ILO);
respect and promote cultural diversity; and
address unequal inclusion as well as situations of extreme exclusion (WHO SEKN 2008).
We believe that the results of this systematic review are relevant to a large number of street‐connected children and young people worldwide. We examined interventions that enable children to live safe and healthy lives that promote their rights and support their pathways to adulthood. We highlighted gaps in the current evidence base. For the purposes of this review, we defined reintegration as entry of children and young people into a residential or educational environment that has the potential to provide them with elements of physical safety, medical care, nutrition, counselling, education, inclusion in social and economic opportunities and room for recreation and personal and spiritual growth that may impact positively on longer‐term life chances. Reintegration does not mean returning children to situations from which they may have escaped. Family reintegration is potentially a highly valuable outcome for many street‐connected children and young people. However, the effectiveness and the ethical implementation of interventions aimed at family reintegration are based on access to appropriate resources for assessment, support and follow‐up, in recognition of the potentially significant risks associated with processes of family reintegration (Feeny 2005; Thoburn 2009).
‘Harm reduction’ is an umbrella term that is used to describe interventions aimed at reducing harms associated with lifestyles of street‐connected children and young people, including, for example, those associated with early or risky sexual activity and substance use (UNICEF 2001b). Expressed in general terms, these would include interventions aimed at street‐connected children and young people to protect and promote their welfare and well‐being while they are on the street, so that they can benefit from more focused reintegration approaches when it is appropriate and possible for them to do so. All long‐term recommendations that we found at the UNICEF evaluation database are structural. However, short term recommendations from UNICEF are based on principles of child protection that can be described as matching the harm‐reduction approach. This theory is open to interpretation but seems to be in line with the opinions of people working with street‐connected children and young people who were consulted by members of our team; protection may be a necessary stage on the path to reintegration, alongside development and participation.
We identified through a scoping search few rigorous reviews on the effectiveness of interventions to support street‐connected children and young people. Descriptive reviews of interventions that incorporate literature on lower/middle‐income and low‐income countries include Dybicz 2005, Karabanow 2004, Peters 2004, Slesnick 2009 and Thomas de Benitez 2011. Moore 2005 and Sanabria 2006 present descriptive reviews focused exclusively on interventions based in the United States. These reviews provide useful analyses and classifications of the literature, but their search strategies often are poorly described or limited in scope. Furthermore, they do not provide rigorous evaluations of studies.
We identified one review described as systematic (Altena 2010) that included interventions for ‘homeless youth’, in which studies were reported to have been systematically rated for quality with a consistent tool. This review is recent and sought to include literature from developing countries (language criteria not specified). It searched the following databases ‐ PsycINFO, Education Resource Information Center (ERIC), MEDLINE, The Cochrane Library, Google Scholar, EMBASE and Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) ‐ for studies conducted between 1985 and 2008. Of 557 unique search results, we included 12 studies for final evaluation, none of which were conducted in LMICs. In comparison, the current systematic review was considerably broader in scope, in terms of both the number of databases searched and the breadth of our search terms. However, to avoid duplication, our systematic review takes into account the existence of a Cochrane review on HIV/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) prevention with homeless youth (Naranbhai 2011), as discussed below.
Review update
This review update identified seven descriptive reviews or systematic reviews of relevance to street‐connected children and young people, as well as 16 reviews focused on interventions of some relevance to the review populations. Xiang 2013 focused on substance abuse interventions and largely concurred with the conclusions of our original systematic review. Berckmans 2013 focused on services provided in LMICs and included qualitative literature similar to our thematic synthesis of engagement‐related factors discussed in LMIC qualitative literature (Coren 2014; Coren 2015). We searched a recent systematic review of non‐formal education for street‐connected children and youth (Shephard 2014) to find studies eligible for our review, but we identified none.
In addition to our thematic synthesis, we conducted an exploratory summary of quantitative data related to service engagement in relevant HIC interventions included in our systematic review and identified through a search update (Hossain 2014), complementing a systematic review of outreach strategies for street‐connected youth (Connolly 2012).
The growing evidence base on interventions for homeless and street families with children in HICs led us to the decision to consider this population in a separate Cochrane review, for which the title registration is being prepared.
Objectives
Primary research objectives
To evaluate and summarise the effectiveness of interventions for street‐connected children and young people that aim to:
promote inclusion and reintegration;
increase literacy and numeracy;
facilitate access to education and employment;
promote mental health, including self esteem; and
reduce harms associated with early sexual activity and substance misuse.
Furthermore, to explore processes of successful intervention and models of change in this area with the goal of explaining how effectiveness of interventions may vary in different contexts.
Secondary research objectives
To explore whether effects of interventions differ within and between populations, and whether an equity gradient influences these effects, by extrapolating from all findings relevance for low‐ and middle‐income countries (LMICs) (Peters 2004).
To describe other health, educational, psychosocial and behavioural effects, when appropriate outcomes are available.
To explore the influence of context in design, delivery and outcomes of interventions.
To explore the relationship between number of components and duration and effects of interventions.
To highlight implications of these findings for further research and research methods to improve knowledge of interventions in relation to the primary research objective.
This review also aimed to consider potential adverse or unintended outcomes.
Methods
Criteria for considering studies for this review
Types of studies
Interventions targeting (and measuring) outcomes for street‐connected children and young people have used a variety of approaches and designs. We included randomised controlled trials (RCTs), clinical controlled trials (CCTs), controlled before‐and‐after trials (CBAs) and quasi‐randomised trials. Quasi‐randomised trials are studies that allocated children and young people to treatment or control conditions depending on methods determined as not truly randomised, for example, on their date of birth or the day of the month they entered the intervention site. Some other quasi‐randomised designs, such as regression discontinuity designs, were also eligible for inclusion in this review.
We did not include qualitative data in our outcomes synthesis. However, we used qualitative intervention evaluations to design the original logic model and continued to develop the logic model with the help of qualitative data and identified included studies as the review progressed. We also sought qualitative data, including sibling or companion studies of included quantitative studies, to illuminate the impact of context and mechanisms of change and process factors. We did not conduct separate searches for qualitative literature other than for companion studies of included studies and those needed to highlight particular questions arising in relation to context, mechanisms, process, etc., according to themes outlined in the logic models. We sought some materials from studies retrieved by the search but not included in the review to discuss process and contextual factors, as well as issues of generalisability of findings to LMIC contexts.
For this review, included studies required a comparator, such as groups that did not receive an intervention, received standard practice interventions, or received a different type of intervention.
Types of participants
We included all studies that focused on street‐connected children and young people between birth and 24 years of age (inclusive), consistent with the United Nations (UN) definition of youth as those 15 to 24 years of age, regardless of location, reason for street connectedness or gender. Potential research participants included street‐connected children and young people; their families and carers; professionals working with children, young people and their families; the police; and employers.
Street‐connected children and young people and, in cases of family‐focused interventions their families and carers, were the recipients of interventions. We did not include studies unless they reported separate outcomes data on street‐connected children and young people in the context of systemic interventions.
Families and carers, the community, employers and professionals can be an important part of the ‘input’ component of the intervention to the extent that they are needed to support the intervention and are part of it. Our definition of professionals and the community included non‐governmental organisations (NGOs), faith‐based organisations, orphanages, social workers and police.
For the purposes of this review, we defined street‐connected children as in the Description of the condition section above: children and young people who live and work on the street or in public spaces, work on the street and return to family homes or hostels at night or live both ways at different times. For the most part, individuals experienced complex social and economic circumstances that ‘defy easy definition’ (Thomas de Benitez 2011). Current thinking sees this process as non‐linear, with many street‐connected children and young people transitioning off the streets more than once, with this also a non‐linear process.
Types of interventions
The intention was to include any interventions that:
involved harm‐reduction, inclusion or reintegration programmes for street‐connected children and young people, were intended to reduce harms associated with risky sexual activity and substance misuse and promoted inclusion and reintegration;
increased literacy, numeracy and self esteem;
increased participation in education and skills‐based employment; and
provided shelter, housing and drop‐in support.
We planned to include any type of intervention including behavioural, social, policy, structural or other interventions explicitly aimed at reducing risky sexual activity and substance misuse. Interventions may be delivered to individuals, families, small groups or entire communities. Furthermore, with increased recognition of the complexity of the issues facing many street‐connected young people, researchers have focused on multi‐faceted interventions that incorporate a range of approaches, including housing, education, training and health (Thomas de Benitez 2008).
Types of outcome measures
A recent Cochrane review and a systematic review conducted for the World Health Organization (WHO) have evaluated AIDS and HIV as target outcomes (Naranbhai 2011; Ross 2006); therefore, we did not include AIDS and HIV risks as outcome variables. However, we assessed the degree to which the studies included in these reviews overlapped with our scope and population and, when relevant, we considered the trends apparent in the results of these reviews when interpreting the results of our review.
Primary outcomes
Primary outcomes were inclusion and reintegration. We define reintegration as the children and young people entering a residential and/or educational environment that has the potential to provide them with elements of physical safety, medical care, nutrition, counselling, education, inclusion in social and economic opportunities and room for recreation and personal and spiritual growth that may impact positively on longer‐term life chances. According to this definition, reintegration does not mean returning children to situations from which they may have escaped, even when this may allow family reintegration.
Secondary outcomes
We also extracted analysable data for the following related measures of health, well‐being and educational and occupational achievement.
Safer or reduced sexual activity.
Safer or reduced substance use (e.g. reduced sharing of injection equipment).
Increased use of hostel or shelter‐type services.
Literacy.
Numeracy.
Self esteem.
Depression.
Participation in education.
Participation in skills‐based (rather than exploitative) employment.
Reduced use of violence.
Increased contact with family.
Participation in intervention planning and delivery.
We included intervention studies if they aimed to achieve any of the listed primary or secondary outcomes, or both. We found secondary objectives to be particularly relevant, as most interventions were administered within an existing service setting.
Process measures
We extracted measures related to the process of implementing an intervention and intervention approaches, when reported. We also extracted information consistent with the process characteristics listed in the original logic model with the goal of developing an explanatory framework.
We have included a descriptive map of all studies considered for eligibility for inclusion in the review, to present as fully as possible a description of the existing evidence base on this topic. This map is included as an adjunct to the main review in the interest of ensuring completeness of data, rather than for use as a tool for narrowing the focus of the review (Appendix 1).
Search methods for identification of studies
We worked with information specialists from Campbell’s International Development Co‐ordinating Group and the Cochrane Musculoskeletal Group, which is co‐located with the Cochrane Campbell Equity Methods Group, and, informed by their search expertise, we developed a search strategy. We used guidance from Chapter 6 of the Cochrane Handbook for Systematic Reviews of Interventions (Higgins 2011) and methods from the guide to information retrieval for systematic reviews of the Information Retrieval Methods Group of the Campbell Collaboration (Hammerstrøm 2010). We applied no language restrictions.
We developed the search for Ovid MEDLINE and modified it for use in other databases. We identified 44,800 items from all relevant databases (see Appendix 2). We imported all references into RefWorks and tagged each with the name of the database. We removed duplicates within RefWorks, leaving the final total of studies obtained from the electronic databases at 25,906. See the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta‐Analyses) diagram in Figure 3. We last updated the search in April 2015.
Electronic searches
We searched the following bibliographic databases for eligible empirical studies.
Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) (database inception to search date).
MEDLINE and Pre‐MEDLINE (1948 to search date).
EMBASE and EMBASE Classic (1947 to search date).
Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) (1966 to search date).
PsycINFO (1806 to search date).
Education Resource Information Center (ERIC) (1950 to search date).
Sociological Abstracts (1952 to search date).
Social Services Abstracts (1979 to search date).
Social Work Abstracts (1977 to search date).
HealthSTAR (1966 to search date).
Latin American Caribbean Health Sciences Literature (LILACS) (database inception to search date).
System for Grey Literature in Europe (OpenGrey) (database inception to search date).
ProQuest Dissertations and Theses (database inception to search date).
EconLit (1969 to search date).
IDEAS Economics and Finance Research (database inception to search date).
JOLIS Library Catalog of the holdings of the World Bank Group and International Monetary Fund (IMF) Libraries (database inception to search date).
British Library for Development Studies (BLDS) (1987 to search date).
Google, Google Scholar.
Searching other resources
We screened items suggested by experts, advisory group members and authors of included studies, including companion studies. We also checked reference lists of included studies obtained from the electronic database search and contacted all authors of included studies to ask about unpublished or ongoing studies. We used search terms from the electronic search that described our population and adapted them as appropriate to search the Internet‐based resources. We used included studies to perform a citing studies search using SCOPUS or Web of Science and the related article function of PubMed to track references to included articles, relevant reviews and annotated bibliographies.
We conducted a targeted Internet search at the following relevant sites.
Abdul Latif Jameel Poverty Action Lab (J‐PAL) website.
United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF) database of evaluations.
Eldis (http://www.eldis.org/).
Department for International Development (http://www.dfid.gov.uk/).
Inter‐American Development Bank (http://www.iadb.org).
Asian Development Bank (http://www.adb.org).
African Development Bank (http://www.afdb.org).
Data collection and analysis
Selection of studies
We screened the results of the original search using EROS (Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis) software according to the following categories: Effectiveness study: probability of inclusion; Evaluation study with other study designs; Ethnography or other qualitative studies; Excluded: related to street children but not evaluating effectiveness; Narrative review; Excluded: not related to street children; Non‐English language studies (which were assessed separately for inclusion). Most studies were excluded because they clearly did not meet eligibility criteria for the review. Of all studies screened in EROS, at least one review author assessed 57 as potentially eligible (the first category), and at least two review authors screened their full‐text articles (when available) according to the criteria specified in the protocol. We resolved disagreements through discussion with a third review author (EC). Of these, we included 10 studies in the review.
Additionally, the review authors classified a total of 50 of the original 15,995 records as narrative reviews. Two review authors obtained and scanned full‐text documents for these. Through this process, we identified 108 references as potentially eligible for inclusion. After comparison with the existing database, we reviewed 40 records by full text and included one of these in the review.
The PRISMA flowchart, now updated with total figures from the original review together with the 2015 update, displays this process visually (Figure 3).
We could not obtain the full text for most of the MA and PhD theses, so we screened only abstracts for these.
Companion studies
We also undertook a separate search of the databases specified in the review to look for qualitative and quantitative studies associated with the 14 studies included in the review. This search strategy consisted of the following.
A search for qualitative studies solely by subject (street children) and topic terms (evaluation of interventions) with study type(s) of interest not specified.
A search for qualitative or quantitative studies by authors and co‐authors of included studies on ‘street children’ to find directly related studies (e.g. same study but measuring different outcomes), as well as follow‐up and ongoing studies.
Data extraction and management
We included all studies considered eligible for the review. Two independent review authors (of RH, HH, AM, MV at original review and RH and BB at update) extracted data from eligible studies and inserted them onto standardised data collection forms; we then entered the data into Review Manager 5 via double‐data entry (RevMan 2011). We tailored data extraction to the requirements of the review, using the PROGRESS II checklist as developed by the Cochrane‐Campbell Equity Methods Group (Kavanagh 2008), while working within the logic model. We assembled and compared multiple reports and publications of the same study for completeness and possible contradictions. We found no companion studies that reported findings on evaluation of the intervention process. Three review authors had piloted the data extraction form to assess its ability to capture study data and inform assessment of study quality. We resolved identified problems through discussion and revised the form appropriately.
Assessment of risk of bias in included studies
Two review authors assessed risk of bias using the Cochrane 'Risk of bias' tool with retrieved study reports and raised additional queries with study authors when further information was required. Review authors resolved disagreements in risk of bias assessments by discussion. We assessed the risk of selection, performance, attrition and detection bias. We evaluated and rated as ‘high’, ‘low’ or ‘unclear’ the risk associated with sequence generation; allocation concealment; blinding of participants, personnel and outcomes; incomplete outcome data; selective outcome reporting; and other sources of bias. We produced a 'Summary of findings' table that describes the quality of the evidence as assessed by GRADE (Grades of Recommendation, Assessment, Development and Evaluation) criteria. It was not possible to include individually in the Table 1 the large number of outcomes reported, so we have presented only some summaries. We have also discussed risk of bias assessments in the main text discussion.
Measures of treatment effect
Only one study reported dichotomous outcomes (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP). We used the mean difference (MD) between post‐test values of intervention and control groups to analyse the size of intervention effects for continuous outcomes. For outcomes measured on different scales, we used the standardised mean difference (SMD).
When possible, we reported continuous outcomes on the original scale. We standardised outcomes measured on different scales as required for the analysis. We conducted a meta‐analysis only when the data were sufficiently similar. When data were available, sufficiently similar in outcomes and time points and of sufficient quality, we performed statistical analyses using Review Manager 5 software (RevMan 2011). We did not combine in the same forest plot evidence derived from studies using different study designs and outcome types.
Unit of analysis issues
To avoid double‐counting when studies presented results for several periods of follow‐up, we undertook separate meta‐analyses for various time points: immediate post‐test, six‐month follow‐up and 12‐month follow‐up. When a study presented data from a time point different from that of other studies, we presented these data separately.
When multiple treatment and control group types were presented in study reports, we aimed to present the data from each study as consistently as possible by presenting the primary comparison of treatment group versus control group. When a study compared two interventions against one control group, the control group number was halved for each comparison to avoid double‐counting of participants. We found no eligible cluster designs during searches for this review, although Rotheram‐Borus 2003 randomly assigned shelters rather than individuals. We included no data from this study in meta‐analyses.
None of the studies at update stage included a service as usual (SAU) or no treatment control group (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). For each of these, we selected a group receiving an intervention deemed closest to SAU conditions in the original review, and we split the numbers in the identified group between intervention groups. We made this decision in consultation with the Cochrane Public Health Review Group and the Cochrane Central Editorial Unit.
Dealing with missing data
As a result of the fluctuating nature of attendance at likely programmes, we did not exclude studies according to extent of incomplete data for assessment. We incorporated this information both narratively and in the risk of bias assessment. At the data extraction stage, if missing data were unclear or were not fully reported, we contacted the study authors. In general, we reported the occurrence of missing data both on the data extraction form and in the risk of bias table; the data extraction form also captured when missing data were retrieved.
Assessment of heterogeneity
We assessed heterogeneity mainly by gathering extensive details of the characteristics of included studies. We assessed statistical heterogeneity by using the I2 statistic and by visually inspecting graphs. We learned details of mixed intervention effects and have discussed sources of heterogeneity extensively in the review text (discussion), with emphasis on equity‐relevant factors.
Assessment of reporting biases
We have narratively addressed the imbalance between HICs and LMICs within included studies in both conduct of evaluations and publication of reports. We found insufficient studies for preparation of a useful funnel plot, so we did not prepare this.
Studies selected included randomised controlled trials (RCTs), as well as controlled before‐and‐after studies (CBAs) and other non‐randomised designs that included a control or comparison group (but not those with a convenience comparison group; all control groups were randomly assigned or propensity scores were used to balance baseline differences). We assessed risk of bias by using the Cochrane 'Risk of bias' tool. We have discussed in the Discussion section confounding aspects of populations, interventions and settings.
Data synthesis
When data were available, and when outcomes of sufficient quality were measured in similar ways, we performed statistical analyses using Review Manager 5 software (RevMan 2011) and a random‐effects model. We did not combine in the same forest plot evidence from studies using different designs and outcome types. We assessed similarity of data according to types of outcomes measured and time points of measurement. For this review, we included all interventions in the same meta‐analyses.
We analysed data from all studies, including those not included in the meta‐analysis, according to features of the logic model as extracted through the data extraction process. We grouped data according to outcomes of interventions and discussed contexts, particularly regarding income status and cultural environment of different countries included in the review. We further considered groupings around age, gender, ethnicity and, when possible, reasons why children and young people were street‐connected (e.g. migration status, economic activity, history of abuse).
We made the decision to include all endpoint data up to six months with data from more than one study across outcomes. Most frequently, these data were collected at three months and six months from the start of the intervention. We reported narratively longer‐term follow‐up data, measured across studies at nine, 15 or 24 months following the intervention, as we identified an insufficient number of studies for inclusion in the meta‐analysis. We added 12‐month data at update as new studies included this time point, and when sufficient data were available, we included data from relevant time points for other studies included in the original iteration of the review.
None of the studies at update stage included an SAU or no treatment control group (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). For each of these, we selected a group receiving an intervention deemed closest to SAU conditions in the original review, and we split the numbers for the identified group between intervention groups, as previously. We discussed this approach with the Cochrane Public Health Review Group and with the Cochrane Central Editorial Unit.
When the same scale was used, we performed a random‐effects model analysis of mean differences (MDs). When different scales were used, the effect size was based on a random‐effects model analysis of standardised mean differences (SMDs). We have summarised in Table 2 details of included outcomes, including measures used and time points measured.
1. Outcomes (data included in meta‐analysis).
Number* | Outcome name | Study | Measure | ≤1 month | 3 months | 6 months | 12 months |
Number of times participant had sex in last 90 days | Slesnick 2007/08 | HRQ | x | x | |||
Milburn 2012 | Own | x | x | ||||
Number of sexual partners | Slesnick 2007/08 | HRQ | x | x | |||
Peterson 2006 | Own | x | x | ||||
Alcohol use (number of days in last 30 days) | Baer 2007 | TLFB | x | x | |||
Peterson 2006 | TLFB | x | x | ||||
Alcohol use (% days in last 90 days) | Slesnick 2005 | Form 90 | x | x | x | ||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | Form 90 | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | Form 90 | x | |||||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Number of standard drinks (in last 90 days) | Slesnick 2009 EBFT | Form 90 | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | Form 90 | x | |||||
Alcohol use (total score) | Slesnick 2009 EBFT | ADI | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | ADI | x | |||||
Alcohol/drug use (% days in last 90 days) | Slesnick 2005 | Form 90 | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | Form 90 | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | Form 90 | x | |||||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Only/any drug use (% days in last 90 days) | Slesnick 2005 | Form 90 | x | x | x | ||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | Form 90 | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | Form 90 | x | |||||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET | Form 90 | x | x | x | |||
Marijuana use (number of days in last 30 days) | Baer 2007 | TLFB | x | x | |||
Peterson 2006 | TLFB | x | x | ||||
Drug use other than marijuana (number of days in last 30 days) |
Baer 2007 | TLFB | x | x | |||
Peterson 2006 | TLFB | x | x | ||||
Number of problem consequences | Slesnick 2005 | POSIT | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2007/08 | POSIT | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | POSIT | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | POSIT | x | |||||
Number of substance use diagnoses | Slesnick 2009 EBFT | CDISC | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | CDISC | x | |||||
Number of categories of drug use (last 90 days) | Slesnick 2005 | Form 90 | x | ||||
Slesnick 2007/08 | Form 90 | x | |||||
Self esteem | Cauce 1994 | RSES | x | ||||
Hyun 2005 | SEI | x | |||||
Depression | Cauce 1994 | RADS | x | ||||
Hyun 2005 | BDI | x | |||||
Slesnick 2005 | BDI | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2007/08 | BDI | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | BDI | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | BDI | x | |||||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA | BDI | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT | BDI | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET | BDI | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM | BDI | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA | BDI | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET | BDI | x | x | x | |||
Verbal aggression (youth) | Slesnick 2005 | CTS | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | CTS | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | CTS | x | |||||
Family violence (youth) | Slesnick 2005 | CTS | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | CTS | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | CTS | x | |||||
Days living at home (% days in last 90 days) | Slesnick 2009 EBFT | Form 90 | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | Form 90 | x | |||||
Delinquent behaviours | Cauce 1994 | YSR | x | ||||
Milburn 2012 | DSM‐IV | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2005 | NYSDS | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2007/08 | NYSDS | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | NYSDS | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | NYSDS | x | |||||
Internalising problems | Cauce 1994 | YSR | x | ||||
Slesnick 2005 | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2007/08 | YSR | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | YSR | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | YSR | x | |||||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Externalising problems | Cauce 1994 | YSR | x | ||||
Slesnick 2005 | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2007/08 | YSR | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | YSR | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | YSR | x | |||||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET | YSR | x | x | x | |||
Number of psychiatric diagnoses | Slesnick 2005 | CDISC | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | CDISC | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | CDISC | x | |||||
Family cohesion | Slesnick 2005 | FES | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | FES | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | FES | x | |||||
Family conflict | Slesnick 2005 | FES | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | FES | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | FES | x | |||||
Parental care | Slesnick 2005 | PBI | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | PBI | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | PBI | x | |||||
Parental overprotectiveness | Slesnick 2005 | PBI | x | ||||
Slesnick 2009 EBFT | PBI | x | |||||
Slesnick 2009 FFT | PBI | x | |||||
Number | Outcome name | Study | Measure | ≤1 month | 3 months | 6 months | 12 months |
Gaps occur when absence of relevant data was noted in relation to particular outcomes defined in the protocol |
In addition, we performed a change from baseline calculation for each included outcome at each included time point by subtracting the group mean at follow‐up from the group mean at baseline for both intervention and control groups. Review authors rather than study authors calculated all change scores reported in the review (Appendix 2). These figures should be interpreted with caution as they do not account for standard deviation or group size and the number of missing participants.
Additionally, although most studies presented relevant outcome data for the same number of participants at each time point, including baseline (i.e. missing cases were excluded from the analyses), in some studies, numbers varied between time points. Our change scores do not account for these discrepancies. Nevertheless, we believe they give a reasonable indication of certain important effects not captured by comparisons of means and standard deviations at fixed follow‐up time points. In particular, they help to demonstrate that in many cases, the scores for both groups improved from baseline, which may appear as no difference between groups in a meta‐analysis of endpoint data, or indeed as a benefit for the control group.
Outcomes not included in meta‐analysis
Numerous outcomes reported in the included studies were not included in the meta‐analysis because of differences in types of measurements or time points or because we were unable to access the data; however, they are listed under outcomes in the Results section of this review and in Appendix 3. When possible, we have added these outcomes to the narrative report of outcome data included in the review to enable better cross‐referencing of more synthesised results across studies.
Subgroup analysis and investigation of heterogeneity
We hoped to include subgroups for analysis by age, gender, location of studies, HICs and LMICs and intervention approaches, to inform logic models and the development of possible theories arising from the review. However, data were insufficient for this.
Sensitivity analysis
We conducted sensitivity analyses at update stage to assess the impact on study results at update stage, given that none of these included an SAU condition. We conducted meta‐analyses in each case without each new study in turn to assess the impact of the lack of SAU on study results. Results of these analyses at update seemed to show benefit for the control group when the new (update stage) studies were added, and a smaller overall effect. One possible reason for this may have been that 'control' group numbers in these studies were split between the different intervention groups to avoid double‐counting of participants in the analyses, potentially explaining the reduced weight attributed to these studies in the meta‐analysis. Relevant meta‐analyses from which data from new studies were added included Analysis 2.3; Analysis 2.4; Analysis 2.5; Analysis 2.8; Analysis 2.9; Analysis 2.10; Analysis 2.11; Analysis 2.12; Analysis 2.13; Analysis 4.1; Analysis 4.2; Analysis 4.3; Analysis 8.1; Analysis 8.2; Analysis 8.3; Analysis 8.4; Analysis 8.5; and Analysis 8.6.
Results
Description of studies
Relevant tables can be found under Characteristics of included studies and Characteristics of excluded studies.
Results of the search
Our search yielded a total of 44,800 records, leaving 25,906 records after removal of duplicates.
For the original review, at least one review author independently classified 57 studies in the first classification category of EROS ('probability of inclusion'), according to the categories described under Selection of studies.
At update stage, we screened search results using Eppi Reviewer‐4 software, and similarly coded 25 references as potentially eligible. We reviewed potentially eligible records by full text, when possible, and included 13 studies (18 publications) in the review. Of these, three studies (eight interventions) were included at review update stage (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). One previously included study (Tischler 2002) was removed (see Differences between protocol and review). We included two studies as ongoing at the review update stage (see Ongoing studies).
We originally identified 108 additional records from 68 records classified in EROS as narrative reviews. After removing duplicates, screening by abstract and checking against the search database, we sought the full text for 40 of these, one of which was included in the review and one was included as an ongoing study (included in the review at update).
At update stage, we scanned 16 systematic reviews for references but found none that were eligible. We obtained from the study authors contacted no additional relevant references for ongoing studies. We also reviewed 231 non‐English language records and sought full text for 10 of these. One was eligible for inclusion in the review, but we were not able to obtain a full translation of the study in time (Dousti 2014) (see also PRISMA flow diagram at Figure 3).
For the original version of this review, all records reviewed by full text were also considered for eligibility for a descriptive map (Appendix 1), with selection criteria allowing inclusion of a broader range of study designs. Unlike the review, this map included several studies from LMICs. Of 60 references considered potentially eligible, we included 30 in the mapping exercise (including the 11 studies included in the original version of this review) and excluded 30. Of the 60 references, we excluded 48 references from this review (see Characteristics of excluded studies). In effect, the descriptive map described in greater detail included and excluded studies described in the original version of this review. We did not conduct mapping at update stage.
In total, we included 13 studies in the review. Data from 10 studies were available for meta‐analysis, and we described narratively findings from the three remaining studies.
The search for companion studies revealed two relevant publications (Slesnick 2006; Slesnick 2006c). Both papers present post hoc quantitative analyses of combinations of data from Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT.
Included studies
Study characteristics
Thirteen studies (18 publications; 19 interventions) met the inclusion criteria of the review (Baer 2007; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Cauce 1994; Hyun 2005; Milburn 2012; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Peterson 2006; Rew 2007; Rotheram‐Borus 2003; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). Of these, 11 studies were classed as RCTs, one as a CBA (Rotheram‐Borus 2003) and one as a quasi‐RCT (Rew 2007). The first two published studies appeared with a gap of eight years. The remaining studies were published at relatively even intervals between 2002 and 2015.
We successfully contacted all first authors. However, authors for the Nyamathi 2012/13 AM, Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP, Rotheram‐Borus 2003 and Rew 2007 studies were not able to provide relevant raw data on measured outcomes. Therefore, we did not include data from these three studies in our analysis, but we referred to relevant findings in our discussion. Also of note is the fact that five of the included studies were conducted by research teams headed by Professor N. Slesnick (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). As three of these (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET) involved two or more separate intervention groups, 10 of the 19 intervention groups included in the analysis were described in studies directed by Slesnick, with exclusion of two HIV‐related co‐interventions.
All studies were conducted in the United States, with the exception of Hyun 2005, which took place in Korea. We were not able to identify any studies in LMICs that met all of our inclusion criteria, although two studies met some of our criteria (Crombach 2014; Olley 2007). Slesnick interventions were located in inner‐city Ohio or Albuquerque, New Mexico (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT). Other US studies were located in Seattle, Washington (Cauce 1994; Peterson 2006); Los Angeles and San Bernardino, California (Milburn 2012); Santa Monica, California (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP); Texas (Rew 2007); and New York (Rotheram‐Borus 2003). Baer 2007 specified no location, but similar to Peterson 2006, the study authors (who included the first author of Peterson 2006) were based at the University of Washington. Hyun 2005 was conducted in Seoul, Korea.
Interventions consisted of individual‐oriented (Baer 2007; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Cauce 1994; Peterson 2006; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET), group‐based (Hyun 2005; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Rew 2007; Rotheram‐Borus 2003; ) and family‐based (Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT) approaches. Several interventions (Cauce 1994; Rotheram‐Borus 2003; EBFT intervention in Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT) consisted of multiple components and involved liaison with external service providers. Intervention length ranged from a single brief session to ‘on‐going’ treatment. In many cases, considerable variation between participants was noted for treatment attendance, duration of the intervention or both.
Baer 2007, Peterson 2006, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET adopted a motivational framework; Slesnick 2007/08, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA, a community reinforcement framework (incorporating behavioural, motivational and systemic approaches); Hyun 2005, a cognitive‐behavioural therapy (CBT) framework; Cauce 1994 and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM, a multi‐component case management framework including individual therapy sessions; Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT, Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT, Slesnick 2009 FFT.and Milburn 2012, different forms of behavioural family intervention frameworks (ecologically based family therapy (EBFT), functional family therapy (FFT) and a cognitive‐behavioural family intervention, respectively); Rew 2007, a social cognitive framework; and Rotheram‐Borus 2003, a social cognitive, multi‐component framework. Some interventions by Slesnick's team offered an HIV intervention (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Slesnick 2007/08) in addition to the main intervention, which we have not counted as separate interventions. As no control group raw data were available for this intervention, we did not include in the review HIV‐related outcomes from this study. The study by Nyamathi compared a nurse‐delivered health intervention (Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP) versus an innovative, participatory arts‐based intervention (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM).
Most studies recruited participants through a shelter (Hyun 2005; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET) or drop‐in service (Baer 2007; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Cauce 1994; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Slesnick 2007/08). Three studies employed multiple strategies to engage a more representative population of street‐connected children and youth: Milburn 2012 recruited newly homeless youth from community‐based organisations (e.g. shelters, schools) as well as through direct recruitment (e.g. by flyers); Rew 2007 recruited participants via a street outreach centre and ‘word‐of‐mouth’, started by youth with a connection to the service; and Peterson 2006 recruited participants from street intercept locations (38%), through agencies (58%) and by methods such as flyers or ‘word‐of mouth’ (8%). Rotheram‐Borus 2003 did not provide information on the recruitment method used.
In the CBA study (Rotheram‐Borus 2003), the control group was based in an ‘equivalent’ setting (two shelters) that provided similar services to the agency or agencies from which the intervention population was recruited. In six studies (Baer 2007; Cauce 1994; Hyun 2005; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT), the control group and the intervention group were drawn from the same agency‐based population, and the control condition consisted of ‘service as usual’ provided by the agency. Furthermore, the agency also served as the intervention setting in all of the above studies, with the exception of Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (the two interventions in this study comprised functional family therapy (FFT), which was provided in an office location; or ecologically based family therapy (EBFT), which typically took place in the participant's parental home).
Three recent studies did not involve a service‐as‐usual (SAU) group but instead compared different interventions (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). In each case, we selected one intervention group to be treated as the control condition in our meta‐analyses. For studies from Slesnick's group, we selected the motivational enhancement therapy (MET) intervention as the control because the intervention was briefer and narrower in scope than the others. This 'control' condition is similar to the interventions described in Baer 2007 and Peterson 2006. However, results of these studies are not directly comparable because different outcome measurement tools and time points were used. For the study by Nyamathi and colleagues, we selected the Health Promotion Programme (HPP) as the control condition because it was more conventional than the arts‐based intervention (AM).
In the three studies that recruited participants from mixed settings (Milburn 2012; Peterson 2006; Rew 2007), the intervention took place in ‘field‐site offices’ (Peterson 2006); at a site selected by the family, usually their home (Milburn 2012); or at an unspecified location organised through the street outreach programme (Rew 2007). These studies did not specify details of the control condition. Relevant background data, for example, on recruitment type, may have been collected in some pretest and post‐test assessments, but they were not systematically analysed or accounted for in these papers.
The total numbers of participants randomly assigned in the included studies were as follows (in ascending order): 32 (Hyun 2005); 115 (Cauce 1994)*; 117 (Baer 2007); 119 (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT); 124 (Slesnick 2005); 151 (Milburn 2012); 154 (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP); 179 (Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET); 180 (Slesnick 2007/08); 270 Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET); 285 (Peterson 2006); 311 (Rotheram‐Borus 2003)**; and 805 (Rew 2007)**.
*This figure represents the number of participants included in the analysis, as the total number was not provided for this study. **These participants were selected through quasi‐randomised methods.
All included studies were conducted in HICs. One study conducted in Iran and published in Farsi (Dousti 2014) is awaiting assessment at update stage, pending data extraction by a review author alongside a Farsi speaker. We assessed another study (Crombach 2014) conducted in Burundi for inclusion in the updated review, but clarification from study authors revealed that this study did not meet the inclusion criteria.
Population characteristics
Study populations were described in included studies as newly homeless youth (Milburn 2012), substance‐ or alcohol‐abusing runaway adolescents (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET), runaways (Rotheram‐Borus 2003), runaway young men (Hyun 2005) and homeless adolescents or youth (Baer 2007; Cauce 1994; Peterson 2006; Rew 2007; Slesnick 2007/08). A diversity of inclusion and exclusion criteria were used across studies. For example, study populations in Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT were similar, except that the former investigators selected a population with a primary drug abuse profile, and the latter a population with a primary alcohol abuse profile.
Participant ages ranged from three to 25 years. Mean ages for participants were as follows (in ascending order): 14.8 (Milburn 2012); 14.8 (Slesnick 2005); 15.4 (Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET); 15.5 (Hyun 2005); 15.6 (Rotheram‐Borus 2003); 16.5 (Cauce 1994); 17.4 (Peterson 2006); 17.9 (Baer 2007); 18.7 (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET); 19.2 (Slesnick 2007/08); 19.47 (Rew 2007) and 21.2 (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP). Participants in Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT were between 12 and 17 years old.
The total percentages of male participants in these studies were as follows (in ascending order): 33.8% (Milburn 2012); 41.1% (Slesnick 2005); 47.5% (Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET); 51% (Rotheram‐Borus 2003); 52.6% (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET); 54.7% (Peterson 2006); 55% (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT); 56% (Baer 2007); 57% (Cauce 1994); 61% (Rew 2007); 66% (Slesnick 2007/08); 70% (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP) and 100% (Hyun 2005). In summary, many studies had a majority population of young men. However, the intervention in Rew 2007 was gender specific.
The largest ethnic groups in each study, as described by study authors, were: 58% Caucasian (Baer 2007); 59% white (Cauce 1994); 74% Korean Christian (Hyun 2005); 61.6% Hispanic (Milburn 2012); 58% white (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP); 72.3% Caucasian (Peterson 2006); 58% white (Rew 2007); 59% African American (Rotheram‐Borus 2003); 41.1% Hispanic (Slesnick 2005); 41.1% Anglo‐American (Slesnick 2007/08); 44% Hispanic (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT); 65.9% African American (Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET); and 65.6% African American (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET). Thus, in six studies the largest ethnic group was described as white, Caucasian, or Anglo‐American; in three studies the largest ethnic group was described as Hispanic; in three studies the largest ethnic group was described as African American; and in one study the majority represented a religious minority of majority ethnicity.
Other background information collected at baseline included abuse history, length of time on the streets or number of runaway episodes and reasons for leaving home.
Assessment of heterogeneity
Contrary to expectation, the included studies were considerably homogeneous in terms of location, study design and outcome categories. In contrast, these studies were considerably heterogeneous in terms of outcome measures and time points, confounders controlled for and, to a lesser degree, types of study populations. Meta‐analysis was possible for 11 included studies (for which raw data were available), although the number of studies considered under individual outcome items varied greatly (see Table 2 for a summary). Outcomes for which most data were available included percent days of alcohol use in the last 90 days, depression, internalising and externalising behaviours and delinquent behaviours. However, it should be noted that these data reflect the large number of studies/interventions reported from one study team.
Outcomes
The number of studies measuring primary and secondary outcomes as defined in our protocol is given here.
Primary outcomes
No studies measured the primary outcomes of inclusion and reintegration.
Secondary outcomes
Safer or reduced sexual activity: measured in five studies (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Milburn 2012; Rew 2007; Rotheram‐Borus 2003; Slesnick 2007/08; ).
Safer or reduced substance use (e.g. reduced sharing of injection equipment): measured in 11 studies (Baer 2007; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Cauce 1994; Milburn 2012; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Peterson 2006; Rotheram‐Borus 2003; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET; ).
Increased use of hostel‐ or shelter‐type services: measured in one study (Baer 2007).
Literacy: not measured in included studies.
Numeracy: not measured in included studies.
Self esteem: measured in two studies (Cauce 1994; Hyun 2005).
Depression: measured in seven studies (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Cauce 1994; Hyun 2005; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET).
Participation in education: not measured in included studies.
Participation in skills‐based (rather than exploitative) employment: not measured in included studies.
Reduced use of violence: measured in two studies (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT).
Increased contact with family: measured in one study (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT).
Participation in intervention planning and delivery: not measured in included studies.
Other outcomes (not included in the above)
Social functioning: measured in six studies (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Cauce 1994; Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT).
Psychological functioning: measured in five studies (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Cauce 1994; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT).
Family functioning: measured in two studies (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT).
Adverse outcomes
No studies explicitly measured adverse outcomes.
Outcome items included in meta‐analyses
Heterogeneity of outcome definitions, measures and time points for follow‐up used in these studies allowed us to include in the meta‐analysis only a selection of reported outcome items. Some of these represented individual items on a measure, for example, an item on a questionnaire, but others represented total scores, for example, an aggregate of individual items on a particular scale or subscale. For 23 such items, data were available for more than one intervention. Numbers of participants included in each meta‐analysis ranged from 75 to 404. For a list of outcome items included in the meta‐analysis, including study references, time points and measures used, see Table 2.
Outcome items not included in meta‐analyses
We excluded from the meta‐analysis more than 70 reported outcome items reported in the included studies because they were measured in only one study (e.g. due to differences in measures used) or at a time point not overlapping with any other study; because we did not have access to relevant data (mean and standard deviation scores); or because they were not within the remit of this review. We have presented a full list of these outcomes according to study in Appendix 3. In the Effects of interventions section, we have reported relevant outcomes narratively (according to authors' own analyses, when data were not available).
Time points
The following time points were reported in these studies (in ascending order): three and six weeks (Rew 2007); eight weeks (Hyun 2005); one and three months (Baer 2007; Peterson 2006); three months (Cauce 1994); three and six months (Slesnick 2007/08); three, six and 12 months (Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005); six months (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP); three, nine and 15 months (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT); three, six and 12 months (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET); three, six, 12, 18 and 24 months (Rotheram‐Borus 2003); and three, six, nine, 12, 18 and 24 months (Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). See also Table 2 for time points included in meta‐analyses.
Confounders and process factors
Of demographic confounders, age, gender and ethnicity were most frequently accounted for in outcome analyses and are detailed in Effects of interventions. Sexual and physical abuse history was examined separately (Slesnick 2006) in relation to Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT, and primary alcohol versus primary drug abuse (in interaction with gender) in relation to Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2009 EBFT (Slesnick 2006c).
Potentially relevant service delivery factors included engagement of young people, treatment attendance, length of intervention, therapeutic relationship and compliance. Some included interventions were manualised, and observer ratings or transcript records were used to ensure treatment fidelity by intervention providers. Process data collected in these studies included service‐user satisfaction (for intervention conditions only) (Baer 2007; Peterson 2006 (quantitative); Rew 2007), counsellor‐rated 'level of engagement' (Baer 2007; Peterson 2006), 'stage of change' (Peterson 2006) and counsellor effects and treatment attendance (Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT). We did not report on all data relevant to service delivery confounders because of the heterogeneity of interventions and measures used in this area, but we refer in the discussions below to analyses conducted by study authors.
Drop‐out rates
Follow‐up rates at longest follow‐up were as follows (in ascending order): 43% (intervention), 49% (control) at 12 months (Milburn 2012); 62% (EBFT), 65% (FFT), 62% (control) at 15 months (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT); 65% (total) (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP); 66% (intervention), 74% (control) at 24 months (Rotheram‐Borus 2003); 71% (total included in analysis) at T3 (Rew 2007); 74% (total) at 24 months (Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET); 76% (total) at 12 months (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET); 80% (total) at three months (Peterson 2006); 84% (control), 88% (intervention) at six months (Slesnick 2007/08); 88% (intervention), 81% (control) at six weeks (Hyun 2005); 89% (intervention), 88% (control) at 12 months (Slesnick 2005) and 92% (total) at three months (Baer 2007) (no attrition reported in Baer 2007; 10 participants were excluded from the analysis on the basis of exclusion criteria).
Measures
In the following paragraphs, we give a brief overview of measures used for outcome items included in the meta‐analysis. We found further information on scales used in the included studies, including scoring, and compiled this into a large table, which can be found at Appendix 4.
Sexual health and risk behaviour‐related outcomes were the most varied, and we could include only two outcome items in our meta‐analyses, both measured in Milburn 2012 and Slesnick 2007/08. We measured outcomes in this category in Slesnick 2007/08 using the Homeless Youth Questionnaire, and in Milburn 2012 using the authors' own research instrument, which was similar to the one used in Slesnick, although more limited in the scope and precision of questions asked.
Substance use‐related outcomes were also varied. Peterson 2006 and Baer 2007 measured frequency of substance use using a Time‐Limited Follow‐Back interview (TLFB) developed by Sobell 1992, and Professor Slesnick's team used a derivation of the TLFB, Form 90, which was developed for ‘Project MATCH’, a large‐scale RCT conducted by the US National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. The time scale in the TLFB is the last 30 days, as opposed to the last 90 days in Form 90; these tools also differ in how they quantify days of substance use. Milburn 2012 did not use a standardised tool of measurement but employed the same time scale as Form 90, along with a unit of measurement similar to the TLFB. Two different measures were also used for 'problem consequences': Peterson 2006 administered the 23‐item Rutgers Alcohol Problem Index (RAPI) with revised instructions (to cover any relevant form of substance abuse), and the Slesnick studies used the Problem Oriented Screening Instrument for Teenagers (POSIT), which targets substance abuse in general. Only one study (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) used the Adolescent Drinking Index (ADI), for which no detailed scoring guidance was available.
Investigators usually used standardised tools to measure depression, self esteem and other psychological functioning outcomes. Studies by Professor Slesnick's team and by Hyun 2005 used the Beck Depression Index (BDI) (score range 0 to 63) to measure depression, and Cauce 1994 used the Reynolds Adolescent Depression Scale (RADS) (score range 30 to 120). Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP used the Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale (CES‐D). Professor Slesnick's studies measured internalising and externalising behaviours; and Cauce 1994 used the Youth Self‐Report (YSR). Hyun 2005 measured self esteem using the Self‐Esteem Inventory, and Cauce 1994 used the Rosenberg Self‐Esteem Scale (RSES). Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFTand Slesnick 2009 FFT used the Computerized Diagnostic Interview Schedule (CDISC) to measure numbers of psychiatric diagnoses.
Form 90 was used to measure percent days living at home (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT).
Six studies measured social functioning. The only outcome item in this category included in a meta‐analysis was delinquent behaviours, as measured by the YSR (Cauce 1994), Diagnostic and Statistical Manual Fourth Edition (DSM‐IV) criteria (Milburn 2012) and the National Youth Survey Delinquency Scale (NYSDS) (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT).
Two studies (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) measured family functioning by using the outcomes of verbal aggression (youth) and family violence (youth) as measured on relevant subscales of the Conflict Tactics Scales (CTS); family cohesion and family conflict as measured on relevant subscales of the Family Environment Scale (FES); and parental care and parental overprotectiveness as measured on the Parental Bonding Instrument (PBI). Scores reported reflect the youths' own perceptions of, for example, use of aggression to resolve family conflicts.
Excluded studies
We excluded 15,984 studies in a two‐step process described under Selection of studies and Results of the search (see also Figure 3). We excluded most following screening by title and abstract.
Reasons for excluding 47 studies initially classified as 'potentially eligible' are listed in the Characteristics of excluded studies table. The most common reason was lack of a comparable control group, for example, because of convenience sampling. Nine studies included no control or comparison group; we excluded them from the review for this reason.
We selected 30 studies for meeting most of the objectives of the review even if they failed to meet all the criteria specified under research design. We have presented a descriptive overview of these studies in Appendix 1.
We used screening software to classify another 616 records as ethnographic or descriptive studies on street‐connected children and youth, and we excluded them from the review for not evaluating effectiveness; we categorised 117 as about street children but not evaluating effectiveness, and 230 as non‐English language. We will include in a larger mapping exercise the first two categories and, if feasible, the non‐English language studies.
All included studies were conducted in HICs. One study conducted in Iran and published in Farsi (Dousti 2014) is awaiting assessment at update stage, pending data extraction by a review author alongside a Farsi speaker. We assessed for inclusion in the updated review another study (Crombach 2014) conducted in Burundi, but clarification by study authors revealed that this study did not meet the inclusion criteria.
Risk of bias in included studies
We assessed risk of bias for sequence generation, allocation concealment, blinding of participants and personnel including outcome analysis, incomplete outcome data and selective reporting. We have presented risk of bias assessments graphically in Figure 4 and Figure 5 (see also Characteristics of included studies and Table 1).
Allocation
We did not gain sufficient information on potential randomisation or allocation methods for Rotheram‐Borus 2003 , but allocation in this study occurred at the level of shelters rather than at the level of individual participants. Researchers used propensity scores at a later stage to render intervention and control groups comparable. Study authors described their study design as 'quasi‐experimental'. Similarly for Rew 2007, data on randomisation and allocation procedures were not available, and study authors described their study design as a 'quasi‐experimental repeated measures design'. We have classified these studies as high risk both for sequence generation and allocation.
We classified sequence generation as low risk for 10 studies (16 interventions). In Baer 2007 , Milburn 2012 , Peterson 2006 , Nyamathi 2012/13 AM , Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP and Slesnick studies, investigators performed randomisation by computer (computerised coin toss was used in Milburn 2012 , Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; a computerised urn randomisation programme was utilised in the remaining studies); Cauce 1994 used sequential envelopes. We classified sequence generation for one study (Hyun 2005) as high risk because it was based on consecutive recruitment and even and odd number allocation, respectively.
For allocation concealment, we classified eight studies (13 interventions) as low risk (Baer 2007; Milburn 2012; Peterson 2006; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT). In these, allocation took place at a location separate from recruitment and was performed by a different person, commonly the study director or a member of the intervention team. We classified three studies as high risk (Cauce 1994; Hyun 2005; Rew 2007 ). In these studies, randomisation took place at the assessment site or not at all (the Rew 2007 study used a 'quasi‐experimental' study design whereby participants were assigned to three different groups, but we were unable to gain a clear picture of the allocation procedure). We assigned one study as having unclear risk for lack of information (Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP).
Blinding
All studies showed high risk of bias in relation to blinding, as it was not possible to blind participants to such interventions. Most outcome items used self report mechanisms and so were subjective; thus the inability of researchers to blind participants or intervention staff added a potentially high risk of bias. On blinding of outcome assessment, seven studies (13 interventions) were considered to represent high risk, four low risk and two unclear risk of bias.
Incomplete outcome data
We considered attrition rates good to very good in the light of typical characteristics of research populations, their lifestyles and drop‐out rates for interventions in general. Although relevant information was available for each study, drop‐out rates generally appeared similar for intervention and control groups . However, high attrition rates may reflect drop‐out of self selecting subsets of the population, and as such add strong risk for biased outcome measurements. In the population included in this review, which typically had chaotic unsettled lives, participants retained might be more representative of the young people ready to make changes in their lives than of those who dropped out. For a small number of studies, study authors presented attrition analyses, as detailed below. Of these, only one study (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) reported no differences between the demographic profiles of drop‐outs and those of retained participants. However, investigators did not assess motivation to change. Consequently, we rated most studies as having high risk in this area, and rated some as having unclear risk.
Selective reporting
All studies appeared to report on all outcomes, although study authors sometimes provided descriptive data only for statistically significant or favourable outcomes. With the exception of Rew 2007, Rotheram‐Borus 2003, Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP, study authors were able to provide us with unreported raw data on outcome items reported in their papers. They provided no additional outcome data for any studies. However, we noted some variation between individual outcome items reported across the Slesnick studies, even when the same research tools appeared to have been used. For example, although all of these outcome items were measured on Form 90, the number of categories of drugs used was reported for the EBFT intervention in Slesnick 2005 but not in Slesnick 2009 EBFT; the number of days living at home was reported in Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT but not in Slesnick 2005; and social stability was reported only in Slesnick 2007/08. We noted variation in the way substance use was reported across studies. This could have been due to a different study focus or to progressive adjustment of the measure used and could suggest reporting bias. Assessments of risk in this area of bias were unclear in all cases, but this determination was based on available information, and, as reported above, discrepancies were apparent, so risk may have been greater than originally assessed.
Other potential sources of bias
We noted that 10 of the 19 included interventions were described by studies conducted by one research team (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET), which showed similarities in study design, types of interventions provided, location and population characteristics.This is a potential source of bias in the review, as similarities between these studies might lead to weighting of the results in favour of those studies.
Incentives for participation in assessment are often used in research but can be a potential source of bias because providing incentives could result in influence of these incentives on participant behaviour and on outcome reporting. Most of the included studies reported incentives, with the exception of Hyun 2005 and Rotheram‐Borus 2003 . In Baer 2007, youth in the intervention condition received $10 vouchers for each completed session, and intervention participants in Rotheram‐Borus 2003 received minor incentives (food, $1 notes and tokens of appreciation) as rewards for participation and other positive behaviours. Upon finding no positive intervention effects (in contrast to Peterson 2006), Baer 2007 speculated that payment for session attendance could have undermined intrinsic motivation for participation. However, outcome trends across interventions were generally mixed; thus we were unable to draw firm conclusions about potential effects of incentives on outcome findings. For potential impact on follow‐up rates, see the discussion on attrition analyses below.
Effects of interventions
See: Table 1
In this section, we detail intervention effects primarily on the basis of our meta‐analyses, data provided by the study and change score calculations. Following this, we highlight heterogeneity and process factors in the included studies, drawing on both our meta‐analyses and statistical analyses provided by study authors. Readers should note the great variation in types of measurement tools used by investigators, making comparison difficult for some outcomes. We recommend that readers look into the original included studies to discover details on some aspects of measurement when it has not been possible for authors of this review to describe them in detail.
None of the studies included in this review reported relative effects of different intervention components. In our meta‐analyses, we compared the (standardised) mean difference between intervention and control groups for each included outcome at the same time point (three, six or 12 months) (see also Measures of treatment effect). One study (Hyun 2005) used a shorter endpoint of eight weeks but was included in the meta‐analysis. Additionally, we have presented other relevant data for outcome items not included in the meta‐analyses as presented by study authors.
We calculated change scores for outcome items included in the meta‐analysis, outcome items not included in the meta‐analysis and time points not included in the meta‐analysis (utilising the longest follow‐up data available). It must be noted that these data do not account for standard deviation or standard error. We used these change scores as indicators, primarily to illustrate the fact that for most outcomes, a positive change (as opposed to deterioration) was evident in both intervention and comparison intervention groups. Change scores with comments can be found in Appendix 2, and brief summaries are provided in the section below.
Primary outcomesÂÂ
Inclusion
Not measured in included studies.
Reintegration
Not measured in included studies.
Secondary outcomes ÂÂ
Safer or reduced sexual activity
Summary
Overall, results for this outcome were uncertain, with sexual behaviour in both intervention and control groups changing at different time points. From the data below, it was unclear whether intervention or service as usual (SAU) services impacted sexual behaviour. In summary, results across studies were mixed with regard to changing sexual risk behaviour practices. Raw data for Rew 2007 and Rotheram‐Borus 2003 were not available, and we referred instead to the data reported by study authors.
The following outcome items were included in the meta‐analysis.
Number of times participants had sex in last 90 days (three, six months).
Number of sexual partners in last 90 days (three, six months).
Number of times participants had sex in last 90 days
We included in the meta‐analysis three‐month data for Slesnick 2007/08 and Milburn 2012 (Analysis 1.1). We found no important or statistically significant effects (combined mean difference (MD) ‐0.04, 95% confidence interval (CI) ‐0.25 to 0.17). We included six‐month data for Slesnick 2007/08 and Milburn 2012 (Analysis 1.2). Again, effects were small and were not statistically significant (combined MD ‐0.04, 95% CI ‐0.22 to 0.13).
Number of sexual partners in last 90 days
We included in the meta‐analysis three‐month data for Slesnick 2007/08 and Milburn 2012 (Analysis 1.3). In Milburn 2012 , the data were highly skewed (MD 0.27, 95% CI ‐4.55 to 5.09). Slesnick 2007/08 reported a small, statistically significant effect in favour of the intervention group (MD ‐0.57, 95% CI ‐1.14 to 0.00). The combined MD was ‐0.56 (95% CI ‐1.13 to 0.01). We included six‐month data for Slesnick 2007/08 and Milburn 2012 (Analysis 1.4). At six months, the data in Milburn 2012 were less skewed and favoured the control group, possibly reflecting evening out of patterns of sexual behaviour within the group over time, although in our comparative analysis, no statistically significant effects were present for either study (combined MD 0.73, 95% CI ‐2.97 to 4.43).
In Rotheram‐Borus 2003, study authors reported that the number of recent sexual partners among young women had increased in the control group compared with the intervention group at 24 months (odds ratio (OR) 0.68, 90% CI 0.47 to 0.98; P value = 0.084). Among young men, the number of recent sexual partners was similar at 24 months (OR 0.96, 90% CI 0.56 to 1.66), and a marginal decrease was evident between 12 and 24 months in the intervention group, along with a marginal increase between 12 and 24 months in the control group (these were references to figures presented by study authors).
Unprotected sex, condom use
Study authors presented data in the following sections differently in their studies, and raw data were not made available to the review team. Therefore, we have presented data as reported in the studies.
In Rotheram‐Borus 2003, the frequency of unprotected sexual acts among young women was lower in the intervention group than in the control group at 24 months (OR 0.35, 90% CI 0.17 to 0.71; P value = 0.018). Among young men, the number of unprotected sexual acts was similar in both groups across all time points (OR 1.62, 90% CI 0.53 to 4.96).
In Rew 2007, data on self efficacy for condom use as presented by study authors showed statistically significant (P value < 0.001) changes in mean scores over time, but trends within both groups were mixed. Study authors also reported data on intention to use condoms, similarly indicating statistically significant (P value = 0.25) changes in mean scores. They presented no further evidence to support the study hypothesis, so the results must be seen as unclear.
Other sexual risk behaviour
In Rotheram‐Borus 2003, rates of abstinence from vaginal and anal sex among young women were higher in the intervention group at 24 months (OR 2.41, 90% CI 0.77 to 7.62; P value = 0.088). Rates of abstinence from vaginal and anal sex among young men showed an increase at 12 months (somewhat sharper in the control group) followed by an equivalent decrease at 24 months (OR 1.28, 90% CI 0.24 to 6.99). Again, these findings reflected uncertainty and did not show a clear trend.
In Rew 2007, AIDS and sexually transmitted disease (STD) knowledge scores indicated a statistically significant difference between T1 and T3 (1.309, 95% CI 0.575 to 2.042; P value < 0.001) and between T2 and T3 (1.658, 95% CI 0.873 to 2.443; P value < 0.001)ÂÂ in the intervention condition, showing a stable pattern between T1 and T2 followed by a decrease in T3. In the control condition, a statistically significant difference between T1 and T2 (1.217, 95% CI 0.650 to 1.785; P value < 0.001) and between T1 and T3 (1.553, 95% CI 0.899 to 2.207; P value < 0.001) showed a decrease followed by a stable pattern. At T2, a statistically significant difference between groups (P value = 0.003) showed that the intervention mean was higher than the control mean. For sexual self care behaviour, both groups showed an overall pattern of decrease. For safe sex behaviour, data showed no statistically significant time effects in the intervention group (P value = 0.598) but in the control group a statistically significant (P value = 0.010) time effect for a decrease in levels of safe sex behaviour. No statistically significant changes in mean scores for sexual risk‐taking behaviour were observed over time, overall (P value = 0.167) or in either group (P value > 0.5 for both). Again, these findings reflect uncertainty and do not show a clear trend.
In Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP, HIV/AIDS total knowledge scores increased from baseline to six‐month follow‐up in both groups. Increases on some subscales were found to be statistically significant (P value < 0.001) for both groups or for the HHP (control) group only. No effect sizes were reported for this outcome.
Summary of change scores (Appendix 2)
Change scores indicated very mixed results. Overall, this category of outcomes demonstrated very limited, if any, intervention effects across studies. However, it should be noted that baseline levels of sexual activity varied considerably across studies. Some trends favouring the control group were indicated in the Slesnick 2007/08 study.
Safer or reduced substance use (e.g. reduced sharing of injection equipment)
Summary
Results on this outcome were similarly uncertain and showed mixed direction.
We included the following outcome items in the meta‐analysis, representing a wide range of measurement types with different interpretations and different reference points.
Number of days of alcohol use in last 30 days (one, three months).
Percent days of alcohol use in last 90 days (three, six, 12 months).
Number of standard drinks in last 90 days (three months).
Adolescent drinking index score (three months).
Percent days of alcohol/drug use in last 90 days (three, six, 12 months).
Percent days of only/any drug use in last 90 days (three, six, 12 months).
Number of categories of drug use in last 90 days (six months).
Number of days of marijuana use in last 30 days (one, three months).
Number of days of illicit drug use other than marijuana in last 30 days (one, three months).
Number of problem consequences (three, six months).
Number of substance use diagnoses (three months).
Number of days of alcohol use in last 30 days
We included one‐month data for Baer 2007 and Peterson 2006 (Analysis 2.1). We found no statistically significant or important effect, and the mixed findings reflected uncertainty (total MD ‐0.3, 95% CI ‐2.25 to 1.59). We included three‐month data for Baer 2007 and Peterson 2006 (Analysis 2.2). The combined MD was 1.10 (95% CI ‐0.67 to 2.88) favouring the comparison intervention.
Percent days of alcohol use in last 90 days
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA .
Number of standard drinks in last 90 days
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (Analysis 2.6). A small non‐statistically significant effect favoured both the EBFT intervention group (MD ‐3.05, 95% CI ‐7.26 to 1.16) and the FFT intervention group (MD ‐2.73, 95% CI ‐6.49 to 1.03). The combined MD was similarly small but statistically significant and favoured the intervention group (MD ‐2.87, 95% CI ‐5.68 to ‐0.07).
Adolescent drinking index (ADI) score
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (Analysis 2.7). A small, statistically non‐significant and uncertain effect favoured the control group for the EBFT intervention (MD 2.97, 95% CI ‐4.48 to 10.42). FFT showed a more negligible impact that favoured the intervention group (MD ‐1.19, 95% CI ‐9.43 to 6.96). The combined MD was 1.08 (95% CI ‐4.42 to 6.57).
Percent days of alcohol/drug use in last 90 days
The difference in findings from this scale compared with the others used in studies in this review may reflect the fact that this scale aggregated drug and alcohol use data rather than keeping them separate. Furthermore, the precise definition of drug and alcohol use used in this scale was unclear.
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET (Analysis 2.8). A larger effect favoured the control group over the EBFT intervention group (MD 8.00, 95% CI ‐12.89 to 28.89), but this finding was not statistically significant and therefore reflected uncertainty. Similarly, but in the opposite direction, a larger but non‐statistically significant effect favoured the FFT intervention (MD ‐10.00, 95% CI ‐26.72 to 6.72). Effects for interventions from the most recent study were small. The combined MD was 0.70 (95% CI ‐9.09 to 7.70 ). We included six‐month data (Analysis 2.9) for Slesnick 2007/08 , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET. The combined MD was ‐2.15 (95% CI ‐9.82 to 5.53). We included 12‐month data (Analysis 2.10) for Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET. The combined MD was 5.87 (95% CI ‐5.06 to 16.79). At six months, a marginal but statistically non‐significant effect favoured the intervention group in Slesnick 2007/08. At 12 months, effects favoured the control intervention, with Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT showing the largest mean difference, but the data were not statistically significant.
Percent days of only/any drug use in last 90 days
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET (Analysis 2.11). We found small and non‐statistically significant effects. The MD for the FFT intervention was ‐7.00 (95% CI ‐23.72 to 9.72), with the mean favouring the intervention group, and the MD for Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA favouring the control intervention (7.93, 95% CI ‐9.64 to 25.50). Other mean differences were smaller and showed mixed directions. The combined MD was 0.67 (95% CI ‐6.82 to 8.15). We included six‐month data (Analysis 2.12) for Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET and Slesnick 2005. The combined MD was ‐2.28 (95% CI ‐11.53 to 6.96). We included 12‐month data (Analysis 2.13) for Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET and Slesnick 2005. The combined MD was ‐5.28 (95% CI ‐13.79 to 3.23). At both time points, most of the interventions appeared to favour the intervention groups, although the data are not statistically significant. We noted an exception in Slesnick 2005 , for which the data slightly favoured the control group.
Number of days of marijuana use in last 30 days
We included one‐month data for Baer 2007 and Peterson 2006 (Analysis 2.14). Small and statistically non‐significant effects favoured the control group in Baer 2007 and the intervention group in Peterson 2006. The combined MD was ‐0.52 (95% CI ‐3.65 to 2.62). Three‐month data for Baer 2007 and Peterson 2006 (Analysis 2.15) showed a slightly larger effect favouring the control group in Baer 2007 (MD 1.60, 95% CI ‐3.60 to 6.80), and a decreased (statistically non‐significant) effect slightly in favour of the intervention group in Peterson 2006. The combined MD was 0.37 (95% CI ‐2.73 to 3.47). These results showed mixed direction of effects and reflected uncertainty.
In Rotheram‐Borus 2003, data as reported by study authors showed that marijuana use among young women was less in the intervention group at 12 months (OR 0.19, P value = 0.005) but greater at 24 months (OR 2.51, 90% CI 0.61 to 10.38). Among young men, marijuana use was less in the intervention group at three months (OR 0.31, P value = 0.050) but identical at 24 months (OR 1.08, 90% CI 0.17 to 6.93). These results showed that gains at one month did not appear to be maintained over time.
In Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP, according to data reported by study authors, marijuana use declined in both HHP (88% to 73%) and AM (96% to 77%) programmes (P value < 0.10; McNemar’s test of symmetry).
Number of days of illicit drug use other than marijuana in last 30 days
We included one‐month data for Baer 2007 and Peterson 2006 (Analysis 2.16). A small, statistically non‐significant effect favoured the control group in Baer 2007 (MD 1.50, 95% CI ‐0.70 to 3.70), but no statistically significant effect was noted in Peterson 2006. The combined MD was 1.21 (95% CI ‐0.68 to 3.10). Three‐month data for Baer 2007 and Peterson 2006 showed no statistically significant effects (Analysis 2.17). The combined MD was 0.22 (95% CI ‐1.84 to 2.28). These results again were mixed and reflected uncertainty.
Other substance use measures
In Rotheram‐Borus 2003, investigators measured alcohol use dichotomously. Results were uncertain and may reflect a short‐term positive change but no maintenance of gains over the longer term. Alcohol use among young women was less in the intervention group at 12 months (OR 0.43, P value = 0.053) but was slightly greater at 24 months (OR 1.72, 90% CI 0.54 to 5.49). Alcohol use among young men was less in the intervention group at three months (OR 0.25, P value = 0.1000) but was similar at 24 months (OR 1.16, 90% CI 0.24 to 6.99).
Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP showed lack of clarity regarding the measure used (TCU drug history form). Study authors reported results in dichotomous form and described significant reductions in alcohol use in both intervention groups (from 78% to 59% for the HHP programme, and from 91% to 68% for the AM programme) (P value < 0.05; McNemar’s test of symmetry). Study authors also reported statistically significant reductions in the HHP programme only for cocaine use (from 17% to 2%), methamphetamine use (from 42% to 24%) and use of hallucinogens (from 27% to 7%). They found no significant reductions in crack use, heroin use or sedative use in either group.
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (Analysis 2.18). Small effects favoured the control group in all three studies. The combined MD was 1.51 (95% CI 0.56 to 2.47); this finding was statistically significant and showed overall benefit for the control group. The largest effect in favour of the control group was noted for the EBFT intervention (MD 2.21, 95% CI ‐0.02 to 3.68). We included six‐month data for Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2007/08 (Analysis 2.19) and found no statistically significant effect at this time point. The combined MD was 0.34 (95% CI ‐0.67 to 1.34).
For Peterson 2006, data on drug use consequences (RAPI) were not available. Study authors reported that they found no reduction in drug use consequences at three months across groups. Further, no evidence suggested that the intervention had changed the consequences of drug use.
Number of substance use diagnoses (CDISC)
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (Analysis 2.20). Effects were marginal and were statistically non‐significant, although the combined MD reached statistical significance (MD ‐0.70, 95% CI ‐1.27 to ‐0.14); a very small benefit favoured the intervention group.
Number of categories of drug use in last 90 days
We included six‐month data for Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2007/08 (Analysis 2.21) and found no statistically or clinically significant effect. The combined MD was 0.14 (95% CI ‐0.33 to 0.61).
In Rotheram‐Borus 2003, only data provided by study authors indicated that fewer drugs were used among young women in the intervention group at 12 months (OR 0.36, P value = 0.019) but similar numbers were used at 24 months (OR 1.34, 90% CI 0.59 to 3.05). Among young men, fewer drugs were used in the intervention group at three months (OR 0.59, P value = 0.085) but similar numbers at 24 months (OR 0.90, 90% CI 0.38 to 2.12). This finding indicates that in this population, changes in substance use behaviour may not be sustained over time.
Summary of change scores for substance use (Appendix 2)
Change scores in this category were also mixed, as is discussed in greater detail in the summary of results. We found longer‐term change scores (without standard deviation (SD) and thus with no estimate of precision) favouring the intervention group in Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT for percent days of alcohol use in the last three months, number of standard drinks, percent days of alcohol or drug use and percent days of only drug use. We found similar trends across all groups for percent days of alcohol in Slesnick 2005 , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET, with smaller reductions for Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM. Results at 12 months favoured the control group in Slesnick 2005 and favoured control and one of two interventions in Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET. Longer‐term change scores in Milburn 2012 were mixed but appeared to favour intervention for 'times had alcohol' in the last three months. Results for drug and alcohol outcomes across the remaining studies were mixed, with few showing more than marginal changes, most of which were not sustained over time. Benefits for control groups (e.g. number of days of abstinence in Baer 2007; percent days used tobacco in Slesnick 2005) may reflect greater benefit of the comparison SAU intervention than of the index intervention being evaluated. The longest follow‐up point in this category was for percent days of alcohol or drug use at 24 months in Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET. Change scores indicated small reductions across all intervention groups, with the largest reduction observed in the control intervention group (MET), and the smallest reduction in the CRA group.
Increased use of hostel‐ or shelter‐type services
Only one study (Baer 2007) measured this outcome of service use and results appear mixed, with little indication of lasting improvement (see change scores, Appendix 2).
Literacy
Not measured in included studies.
Numeracy
Not measured in included studies.
Self esteem
Summary
Results for self esteem show no statistically significant benefit.
Self esteem: We included endpoint data for Cauce 1994 (three months) and Hyun 2005 (eight weeks) (Analysis 3.1) and found no statistically significant or clinically important effect (combined SMD 0.11, 95% CI ‐0.22 to 0.44).
Summary of change scores (Appendix 2)
Trends based on change scores appeared similar for all groups, indicating marginal to slight improvement.
Depression
Summary
Results for depression were mixed and demonstrated no clear benefit.
Depression: We included three‐month data for Cauce 1994, Hyun 2005, Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT, Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET (Analysis 4.1). Results demonstrated no combined effect for depression at three months and results from individual studies were mixed (combined standardised mean difference (SMD) ‐0.03, 95% CI ‐0.22 TO 0.17). We included six‐month data for Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2007/08, Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET (Analysis 4.2 ). The combined MD was 0.32 (95% CI ‐0.88 to 2.55), revealing no statistical significance. We included 12‐month data for Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET , Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET. The combined MD was 1.28 (95% CI ‐0.36 to 2.92). These results were not statistically significant.
With the addition of studies with an SAU condition, the statistical power of the included interventions may have diminished because we split the numbers in the control condition. Generally, the SMD appeared larger for studies in which the control group was not split. For studies without an SAU condition, the meta‐analysis indicated a small (statistically non‐significant) effect favouring the control intervention (MET) at six and twelve months and more mixed effects at three months.
We were not able to include in meta‐analyses data from Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP . Study authors reported no significant changes in depressive symptoms for either intervention group.
Summary of change scores (Appendix 2)
Reductions in depression were indicated across all groups, with the exception of the control group in Hyun 2005.
Participation in education
Not measured in included studies (but see aggregate measure of 'social stability' under 'social functioning').
Participation in skills‐based (rather than exploitative) employment
Not measured in included studies.
Reduced use of violence
Summary
No statistically significant effects were demonstrated.
We included the following outcome items in the meta‐analysis.
Verbal aggression (youth) (three months).
Family violence (youth) (three months).
It should be noted that only one group of studies (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) included this category of outcomes.
Verbal aggression (youth) (CTS)
We found no effect on this measure (combined MD ‐0.00, 95% CI ‐0.07 to 0.06) (Analysis 5.1).
Family violence (youth) (CTS)
We found no effect on this measure (combined MD ‐0.00, 95% CI ‐0.02 to 0.02) (Analysis 5.2).
Summary of change scores (Appendix 2)
Baseline mean scores on these measure were low in all groups, and similarly small reductions were apparent for both outcome items across groups.
Increased contact with family
Summary
No statistically significant effects were demonstrated.
Percent days living at home
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (Analysis 6.1). We noted no statistically significant effects on this measure because CIs were considerably wide, numbers of participants were small or effects were uncertain. The MD for the EBFT comparison was ‐2.00 (95% CI ‐28.09 to 24.09) favouring the control group, and for the FFT comparison ‐17.00 (95% CI ‐43.22 to 9.22), again favouring the control group. The combined MD was ‐9.46 (95% CI ‐27.96 to 9.03) in favour of the control condition. This may have indicated benefit for those in the comparison condition.
Summary of change scores (Appendix 2)
The trend for the intervention groups was mixed at different time points, but overall trends appeared to favour the control group while indicating improvement across all groups at 12 months.
Participation in intervention planning and delivery
Not measured in included studies.
Other outcomes
The following outcomes were relevant to the secondary outcomes as stated in our protocol but did not correspond to predefined secondary outcome measures. We have grouped them into the following categories: social functioning, psychological functioning and family functioning. As above, we have reported on data included in the meta‐analysis, change scores (calculated by review authors) and other data (as presented by study authors).
Social functioning
We included the following outcome item in the meta‐analysis.
Delinquent behaviours (at three, six and 12 months).
Summary
For this outcome item, we found some statistically significant effects but overall results were inconclusive.
We included three‐month data for Cauce 1994, Milburn 2012, Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (Analysis 7.1). The combined point estimate showed a marginal effect that was statistically significant (combined SMD ‐0.29, 95% CI ‐0.54 to ‐0.03). Of the individual studies, only results from the Milburn 2012 showed statistical significance, although the effect was very small. We included six‐month data for Milburn 2012, Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2007/08 (Analysis 7.2) and found a marginal and statistically non‐significant effect (combined SMD ‐0.07, 95% CI ‐0.52 to 0.37), although again Milburn 2012 showed a statistically significant but small result. We included 12‐month data for Milburn 2012 and Slesnick 2005 (Analysis 7.3). The combined SMD was ‐0.16 (95% CI ‐1.05 to 0.72). However, a small statistically significant effect favoured the intervention group in Milburn 2012 (MD ‐0.63, 95% CI ‐1.11 to ‐0.14).
Summary of change scores (Appendix 2)
Change scores for delinquent behaviours were mixed and were difficult to interpret because of information on the various scales used was limited. One study (Slesnick 2007/08) appeared to show an increase in scores for the intervention group against a reduction in scores for the control group. Other studies reported reductions in both groups ‐ slightly larger in intervention groups in Cauce 1994 and Peterson 2006 , and larger in the control group in the Slesnick studies. Measurements in Slesnick 2007/08 suggested some benefit for the intervention group for social stability. .
Psychological functioning
Summary
For this outcome category, we found no statistically significant effects in meta‐analyses.
We included the following outcome items in the meta‐analysis.
Internalising problems (at three, six months).
Externalising problems (at three, six months).
Number of psychiatric diagnoses (at three months).
Internalising problems
We included three‐month data for Cauce 1994, Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET (Analysis 8.1). We noted no clinically or statistically significant effects for internalising problems at three months (combined MD 0.73, 95% CI ‐0.87 to 2.34). We included six‐month data for Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2007/08, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET (Analysis 8.2). The forest plot showed little evidence of effect, with the combined MD of 0.30 (95% CI ‐1.36 to 1.97). We included 12‐month data (Analysis 8.3) for Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET , Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET. The combined MD was 0.31 (95% CI ‐1.58 to 2.20). As for depression, effects were relatively small, possibly because of split numbers in the control intervention group. Effects were largest (but were not statistically significant) for studies with an SAU group, and favoured the intervention. Overall, effects for individual studies were mixed and inconsistent across time points. This may reflect participant drop‐out. Within change scores, studies showed a consistent reduction across time points and intervention types (including control groups), which may reflect an overall positive 'intervention effect' on mental health. Alternatively, this may reflect changes over time. (For change scores, see Appendix 3 .)
Externalising problems
We included three‐month data for Cauce 1994, Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET (Analysis 8.4). We noted no statistically significant effects for externalising problems at three months (combined SMD 0.09, 95% CI ‐0.10 to 0.28). We included six‐month data for Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2007/08, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET (Analysis 8.5). The combined MD was 0.83 (95% CI ‐2.89 to 2.97). Slesnick 2005 reported a small MD of 2.59 (95% CI ‐1.34 to 6.52) favouring the control group. In contrast, Slesnick 2007/08 showed a slight but similarly statistically non‐significant effect (MD ‐1.21, 95% CI ‐3.93 to 1.51) favouring the intervention group. We included 12‐month data (Analysis 8.6) for Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET , Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET. The combined MD was 0.04 (95% CI ‐2.89 to 2.97). Although results for individual interventions were mixed, combined effect sizes appeared to favour the control group at three and six months (although this finding was not statistically significant). This may have been a statistical artefact following from the reasons described above. Again, effects for individual interventions were inconsistent across time points. As above, change scores,imply that longer‐term follow‐up showed a reduction in symptoms across all interventions. (For change scores, see Appendix 3 .)
Number of psychiatric diagnoses (CDISC)
We included three‐month data for Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (Analysis 8.7) and found no statistically significant effect (combined SMD ‐0.06, 95% CI ‐0.50 to 0.37).
Summary of change scores for psychological functioning (Appendix 2)
Change scores in this category suggested little change or improvement in all groups, with the scale of the change appearing to favour different groups in different studies and at different time points.
Other psychological well‐being measures
In Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP, study authors reported that psychological well‐being scores rose significantly in the total sample. They were reported to have risen significantly in the HHP group, but not in the AM group. Investigators provided no P values and no effect sizes for this outcome.
Family functioning
Summary
We found no statistically significant effects apart from a small effect favouring the intervention group for family cohesion at three months.
We included the following outcome items in the meta‐analysis.
Family cohesion (three months).
Family conflict (three months).
Parental care (three months).
Parental overprotectiveness (three months).
It should be noted that only one group of studies (Slesnick 2005 ; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) included this category of outcomes.
Family cohesion (FES)
We noted a small, clinically marginal but statistically significant effect on this measure (combined MD 0.88, 95% CI 0.23 to 1.54) (Analysis 9.1). A slight non‐significant effect favoured the intervention groups (EBFT and FFT) in Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT (MD 1.12, 95% CI ‐0.01 to 2.25; and MD 1.30, 95% CI ‐0.06 to 2.66, respectively).
Family conflict (FES)
We observed no effect on this measure (combined MD ‐0.05, 95% CI ‐0.91 to 0.81) (Analysis 9.2).
Parental care (PBI)
We found no statistically significant effect on this measure (combined MD 1.68, 95% CI ‐0.63 to 4.00) (Analysis 9.3) but marginal effects for all intervention groups: MD 1.45 (95% CI ‐1.77 to 4.67) in Slesnick 2005, 2.16 (95% CI ‐2.41 to 6.73) for Slesnick 2009 EBFT and 1.67 (95% CI ‐3.18 to 6.52) for Slesnick 2009 FFT.
Parental overprotectiveness (PBI)
We noted no statistically significant effect on this measure (combined MD ‐0.13, 95% CI ‐2.58 to 2.43) (Analysis 9.4) but small non‐statistically significant effects in differential directions: MD 2.34 (95% CI ‐0.99 to 5.67) in Slesnick 2005 favouring the control group, and ‐3.39 (95% CI ‐8.52 to 1.74) for Slesnick 2009 EBFT and ‐2.69 (95% CI ‐7.78 to 2.40) for Slesnick 2009 FFT in favour of the intervention groups. Results for this outcome were mixed and thus uncertain, with some benefit reported for control groups, thus indicating potential benefit of the comparison SAU condition.
Summary of change scores (Appendix 2)
According to change scores (longest follow‐up 15 months), trends appeared similar for all groups, indicating improvement, apart from an increase in parental overprotection at three months in the control group in Slesnick 2009 FFT. The magnitude of change appeared to be similar to or to favour different groups at different time points.
Service evaluations
Researchers in four studies conducted these evaluations. Participants in Peterson 2006 and Baer 2007 rated their satisfaction with the intervention on a 5‐point scale. Evaluations were mainly positive (even when actual outcomes were mixed); Peterson 2006 reported scores that were so consistently positive that we excluded the data from the analysis. Rew 2007 also reported positive feedback on their qualitative evaluations.
Heterogeneity
Most of the statistical meta‐analyses in this review show 0% as the I2 statistic, indicating no heterogeneity. Several analyses show I2 around the 50% (moderate heterogeneity) mark for depression at three months (54%), percent days of alcohol use (three months) (42%), number of times participant had sex (six months) (47%), parental overprotection (three months) (57%), externalising behaviours at six months (59%), externalising behaviours at three months (54%) and delinquent behaviours at three months (35%). Some of these studies reported small numbers and varied measurements, and this may explain some of the differences. Also, some of these analyses included only two studies, reducing the precision of the I2 calculation.
Two analyses showed high I2 values: delinquent behaviours at six months (77%), and delinquent behaviours at 12 months (88%). The Slesnick studies showed very high standard deviations for measures included in these analyses, and the high I2 might be accounted for by this extreme skew. Delinquent behaviours were measured differently between Milburn 2012 and the Slesnick studies.
However, overall populations did differ between studies, and this might explain some of the variation (see below).
Heterogeneous factors
Studies collected a wide range of demographic data; however, the data collected were not consistent across studies and were not consistently utilised in data analyses. In this section, we have discussed the most commonly assessed demographic confounders. As we did not gain access to raw data specific to subpopulations, we relied here on study authors' own analyses.
Overall demographic analyses
According to Baer 2007, demographic factors and treatment exposure did not moderate outcomes. Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT found that the level of (HIV‐related) high‐risk behaviours in which participants engaged at baseline was a stronger predictor of change in HIV risk behaviours than was the treatment condition, Beck Depression Inventory‐rated depression and other demographic variables (those with a higher score were more likely to show statistically significant improvement).
Attrition analyses
For practical reasons, transient children and youth sometimes were excluded from participation or were lost to follow‐up, although some studies actively tried to minimise attrition rates (see Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)), for example, by contacting absent participants. Most studies used incentives for assessment attendance for both groups, which ranged from practical items such as toothbrushes to vouchers or money. Participants in all studies by Slesnick were paid the most in absolute value ($50 at each follow‐up). Participants in a similar study by Milburn 2012 received $30 to $40 at follow‐up. Participation rates varied across these studies, with Milburn 2012 having the lowest follow‐up rate among all included studies. Whilst Rotheram‐Borus 2003 reported no assessment incentives, follow‐up rates were relatively good even at 24 months (as above). On the whole, follow‐up rates in the included studies were relatively good (see Description of studies).
The studies detailed below examined characteristics of drop‐outs.
Slesnick 2007/08 found that drop‐outs differed on alcohol abuse, marijuana dependence and HIV risk for the past three months. Youth who completed all assessments had greater prevalence of marijuana dependence, lower prevalence of alcohol abuse and lower HIV risk score. They did not differ significantly by gender, ethnicity, treatment modality or baseline depression. This may be contrasted with the finding of study authors showing that baseline HIV risk behaviour scores were the strongest predictor of improvement on the same outcome measure.
In Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT, Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET , those lost to follow‐up did not differ in demographic and/or dependent variables from participants retained in the study for most outcomes. Attrition also did not differ by treatment modality. However, in Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET , males were more likely to have missing Beck Depression Inventory‐II scores; thus gender was controlled for in relevant analyses.
In Peterson 2006, attrition was associated with age, recruitment during spring or summer, recruitment area and frequency of drug use. Among intervention and assessment‐only groups, longer time on the street, male gender, recruitment during spring or summer and more frequent use of alcohol increased the likelihood of missing one or more follow‐up interviews.
In Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP, participants lost to follow‐up were more likely to be African American or Hispanic and to have had no intimate partners. Cocaine users at baseline were particularly more likely to have been lost to follow‐up. Researchers reported no differences with respect to age, education or use of other substances.
In summary, the profile for drop‐out participants varied across studies, possibly depending on recruitment methods, engagement strategies and types of interventions (see also Patton 2011). Available data were too limited to permit overall conclusions.
Gender analyses
Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2007/08 , Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT , Rew 2007 and Rotheram‐Borus 2003 conducted gender analyses.
Slesnick 2005 found no treatment interactions by gender. Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT reported some gender differences at baseline. EBFT was found to be effective for both young men and young women in reducing substance use, and FFT was reported to decrease substance use among young men (and older adolescents) only. Neither young men nor young women in the SAU group significantly reduced their substance use, and young men in SAU were reported to have increased their alcohol use by 50% by 15 months. However, in an analysis in Slesnick 2006c, which apparently combined data from Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2009 EBFT, primary drug‐using young men (Slesnick 2005 sample) in the intervention group increased their use of alcohol by 30% while decreasing their drug use, as did participants in both intervention and control groups regardless of gender or of whether they were primary alcohol or drug users (Slesnick 2005 ; Slesnick 2009 EBFT sample).
In Slesnick 2007/08, young women reported higher overall HIV risk behaviours at baseline. Also, young women were more likely to engage in HIV risk behaviours (main effect). No gender effects were reported in Slesnick 2007/08.
In Slesnick 2005, 47% of female participants reported that they had been sexually abused, compared with only 8% of male participants. Abuse history was found to moderate certain outcomes (problem consequences and number of drugs used) in favour of youth assigned to the EBFT intervention. Slesnick 2006 combined data from the included Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2009 EBFT studies (which involved the same intervention) for analysis with a focus on history of abuse. Contrary to expectations, study authors found no association between abuse history and level of substance use or between abuse history and treatment outcome.
In Rew 2007, young women scored higher on various positive sexual health measures (e.g. AIDS and STD knowledge). Study results suggest that young women benefited from the gender‐specific intervention with increased confidence and improved self care behaviours compared with those in the control condition.
In Rotheram‐Borus 2003, the number of sexual partners and the number of unprotected sexual acts were lower at 24 months for young women in the intervention group ‐ according to study authors significantly so (raw data were unavailable for this study). Studyauthors suggested that young women were more likely to find a degree of stability and protection in romantic relationships, limiting the need to participate in harmful sexual and drug use behaviours for survival, whereas young men were more continually exposed to high‐risk environments and events such as incarceration.
Slesnick 2007/08 was the only study to assess whether participants had engaged in 'survival sex', defined as 'trading sex for money, food or shelter' (p 5). In the intervention group, the percent of participants who had engaged in 'survival sex' remained at 3.1% to 3.7% of the population across the three time points (baseline, three months, six months). In the SAU group, the percent dropped from 8.3% at baseline to 3.0% at three months and 0% at six months. Although the numbers are small, this result could be interpreted in different ways, depending on whether participants in SAU reduced their engagement in 'survival sex' or simply dropped out of the study.
In Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET, sex and childhood abuse were found to have more moderating effects than age and gender. Also, females showed greater gains for both primary and secondary outcomes, although some were present only in the intention‐to‐treat (ITT) group ‐ not in the treated sample.
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET found gender differences at baseline on psychological measures but reported no other differences.
Ethnicity analyses
Investigators in the Slesnick studies ( Slesnick 2005 ; Slesnick 2007/08 ; Slesnick 2009 EBFT ; Slesnick 2009 FFT ) conducted ethnicity analyses to compare Anglo‐American versus non‐Anglo‐American or Hispanic participants. They found few differences between ethnic groups at baseline. In Slesnick 2005, Anglo‐American youth were more likely to report at least one previous suicide attempt; in Slesnick 2007/08, more Anglo‐American youths reported that they had sex with more than one partner in the last 24 hours; and in Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT , Anglo‐American youth reported higher conflict tactics with verbal aggression. Treatment interaction by ethnicity was found for the number of DSM‐IV Axis I diagnoses in Slesnick 2005 that showed an opposing pattern for the two groups for changes at three and six months. At 12 months, both groups obtained similar scores. Primary treatment outcomes were not moderated by ethnicity. Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET found an interaction between ethnicity and percent days of homelessness. In Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET, minority adolescents were found to show significantly greater reduction in substance use compared with white adolescents across all interventions, followed by quicker relapse.
Age analyses
Researchers in the Slesnick studies conducted age analyses.In Slesnick 2007/08, older (19‐ to 22‐year‐old) participants reported higher mean overall HIV risk behaviour scores, had greater HIV knowledge and were more likely to report intravenous drug use than younger (14‐ to 18‐year‐old) participants. A slight increase in condom use was the only positive outcome related to reduction in sexual risk behaviours in this study. This was observed for all participants in the intervention group, as well as for older participants in SAU, whereas younger participants in SAU decreased their use of condoms. Change patterns at three and six months differed according to age group within each treatment condition. Further, for age‐moderated treatment outcomes for depression, participants of all ages in the intervention group showed significantly reduced depression, and younger youth in SAU exhibited reduced depression in contrast to older youth in SAU. Older participants (in all intervention groups) showed greater reductions in depressive symptoms in Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA , Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV and Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET.
Other demographic factors
No study exclusively compared young people receiving a service with those on the street who were not engaged in any way with services. As a result of the study methods most commonly used, research participants in the intervention and SAU groups may have represented a self selected sample with relatively high levels of help‐seeking attitudes and motivation to change, as many measured outcomes showed a positive change from baseline in both groups (see change scores in Appendix 2). Included studies provided very limited evidence that could be used to test this hypothesis.
In Peterson 2006, the study counsellor rated intervention participants' 'level of engagement'. This was found to not differ by age, gender, length of time on the street, baseline drug use, history of injection drug use, sexual and physical abuse history or recruitment method, which included recruitment of some participants directly from the street. Some degree of correlation with 'stage of change' was found (see below).
Peterson 2006 was the only study to measure participants' 'stage of change'. This measurement was based on the conceptualisation of Prochaska et al (1992) (cited in Peterson 2006) and was assessed at baseline only with an algorithm based on intention to change alcohol or drug use, whether changes had already been made and the time frame of those intentions or changes. Stage of change was found to moderate outcome results for drug use ('summed drug use other than marijuana') but not for alcohol or marijuana use. Study authors presented no analysis of correlation of this variable with other demographic variables.
As reported above under the section on gender analyses, Slesnick 2006 examined the relationship between abuse history, substance abuse at baseline and family functioning as a treatment outcome, apparently combining data from Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT. Slesnick 2006c, which combined data from Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2009 EBFT , examined the relationship between primary drug versus primary alcohol substance abuse profiles at baseline, gender and substance abuse as a treatment outcome (also reported above under 'Gender analyses').
Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP provided evidence suggesting that being motivated to improve and having a partner were associated with improved HIV/AIDS and HCV (Hepatitis C knowledge) scores.
Process evaluations
None of the included studies reported on a separate process evaluation component. However, some service delivery factors were accounted for in individual analyses.
In Peterson 2006, the study counsellor rated participants for their perceived 'level of engagement'. For analyses, investigators grouped intervention participants into those with 'high' and those with 'low' levels of engagement. Participants classed as ‘high engagement’ as opposed to 'low engagement' had significantly lower scores on 'summed drug use other than marijuana' (but not on the other two outcomes) at one month, although the contrast had been reduced to non‐significant levels at three months. Mean scores for control group participants' were between the scores of these two groups. The result was not replicated in a later study (Baer 2007).
In comparing treatment attendance rates in their two family therapy interventions, Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT speculated that the physical setting of the family therapy intervention (e.g. home rather than office) rather than the particular style of therapy (i.e. EBFT vs FFT) may have been a critical factor for successful treatment engagement (defined as responsiveness to the therapy approach, leading to more positive outcomes). Moderating effects of gender and age on some outcomes were hypothetically linked to treatment engagement.
Treatment attendance was easier to measure than the more qualitative concept of treatment engagement. According to statistical analyses in Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT, two demographic variables (higher externalising behaviours and sexual abuse) were associated with increased treatment attendance in the EBFT condition only. However, no moderating effects were reported for treatment attendance. In another Slesnick study (Slesnick 2008; not included in the review), a sexual abuse history and a history of suicide attempts were found to predict higher levels of treatment attendance, and higher treatment attendance in turn was associated with greater reduction in alcohol use but not with other substance use outcomes.
Although some interventions did appear effective in certain outcome measures, the reasons for their effectiveness remained unclear. For example, Peterson 2006 (p 259 to 260) reported that although use of illicit drugs (other than marijuana) was reduced in the intervention group relative to the control group, "there was nothing in the data to suggest that the [motivational enhancement] intervention had even a small effect on drug use through influencing stage of change." The most consistently positive results for substance use outcomes were found for the two types of family therapy interventions evaluated in Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT. In contrast, none of these interventions had a significant differential impact on family functioning, which improved for both groups, or on percent days living at home (reported only in Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT), for which a relatively greater increase was apparent in the control group.
According to the composite analysis provided in Slesnick 2006, family cohesion, number of diagnoses other than substance‐related ones at time point one and number of drugs used at baseline emerged as the three potentially most significant predictors of change in substance use in the intervention group. Together they accounted for around 39% of the variability in change across time. Self reported family cohesion was the only treatment‐relevant factor, defined as perceived commitment, mutual help and support within the family. Although family cohesion also improved in the SAU groups, it was not associated with change in substance use for SAU participants according to this analysis.
Although these findings may reflect some of the inadequacies of outcome measures, they also suggest that interventions did not necessarily or primarily achieve change in the anticipated manner, that is, by enhancing motivation to change or by improving family functioning. Population characteristics, pre‐existing motivation to change, level of engagement or treatment attendance, setting, counsellor style and length or intensity of intervention emerged as possible contributors to the findings obtained. For example, Slesnick 2007/08 reported on significant therapist effects on reductions in substance use, although what distinguished the more successful therapist styles was not examined. Although some of these factors were controlled for in individual analyses, studies did not provide sufficient evidence to permit robust overall conclusions (see Hossain 2014 for a more detailed discussion). Overall, the range of potentially confounding factors makes such analyses very difficult.
Discussion
Summary of main results
Synthesis
Longer‐term intervention effects for family therapy interventions with runaway adolescents or for newly homeless youth in studies in both the original review and update (Slesnick 2005, Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET) appeared on average relatively strong for certain outcome items (mainly related to substance use), although these interventions did not outperform other interventions in all studies. Overall, findings of the review suggest that use of structured services in itself predicts positive change in a range of outcomes. Further, the service as usual (SAU) conditions included in this review may have been more effective than specialised interventions in certain outcome categories, for example, reduction of sexual risk behaviours and increased contact with family. However, because of methodological limitations discussed here, we draw this conclusion with caution.
In our primary logic model (Figure 1), we outlined the broad components that appear to contribute most to intervention success with street‐connected children and youth based on our review of the research literature, including qualitative research. Most of the interventions included in this review focused on behaviour change related to participants' current lifestyle or reduction in associated harms, or both. We did not evaluate longer‐term outcomes beyond narrowly defined problem areas, and we did not identify studies from low‐ and middle‐income countries (LMICs) that could be included.
Overview of studies
Most of the 13 included studies were comparisons of two different interventions ‐ a specialised, therapeutic intervention versus SAU (three studies did not detail comparison conditions, but research populations were recruited largely from shelters rather than from the street). In most cases, the comparison intervention could also be considered a co‐intervention because intervention participants were not excluded from taking part in SAU. At the review update, we added three studies (measuring eight interventions) to the analysis. All of the most recent studies compared interventions with one another, and we selected the briefest/most conventional intervention to represent the control condition.
All specialised interventions were based on therapeutic models, including social, emotional, cognitive, behavioural and systemic orientations. Four interventions represented a multi‐component approach that also included liaison with external service providers (e.g. housing departments, legal bodies), and six were delivered within a peer or family group setting. Participatory methods were not utilised in any study, although one arts‐based intervention tested in Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP was initially developed through participatory means. Not all of the included studies provided information on SAU characteristics. It is clear, however, that some of the usual services were provided at a high standard and, in light of the similarities in outcomes achieved, may have been comparable with many of the specialised therapeutic interventions evaluated (see Quality of the evidence section). None of the included studies included long‐term residential settings as a control condition.
Although study populations varied somewhat between studies and interventions were reasonably heterogeneous, selected outcomes were notably homogeneous across the included studies, falling primarily into the categories of substance abuse (drug or alcohol), individual psychological functioning, social functioning and sexual health behaviours. In contrast, outcome measures and, consequently, individual outcome items were considerably varied. Little information was available to permit interpretation of the clinical or subjective significance of results reported for the study population in question or the potential impact of differences between constructs on outcomes.
In terms of the aims of the review, no studies explicitly targeted the primary outcomes defined in our protocol ‐ inclusion and reintegration. In summary, all included interventions were relevant mainly to our secondary outcomes, although only a small proportion of the elements covered in our secondary outcomes or logic models were covered by any of the included interventions. In contrast, comparison interventions, that is, SAU, often appeared broader in scope.
Secondary outcomes for which data were included in the meta‐analysis included safer or reduced sexual activity; safer or reduced substance use; self esteem; depression; reduced use of violence; and increased contact with family. We presented data from one study on increased use of hostel‐ or shelter‐type services. No data were available for literacy; numeracy; participation in education; participation in skills‐based (rather than exploitative) employment; or participation in intervention planning and delivery. Other outcomes measured in the included studies fell into the categories of social functioning, psychological functioning and family functioning. No studies reported on adverse outcomes.
Only a limited number of studies could be included in meta‐analyses because of the extreme heterogeneity of outcome measures and time points used. To complement the meta‐analyses, we calculated change scores for all outcome items for which we had raw data (see Appendix 2), primarily to highlight the fact that in many cases intervention effects appeared to be paralleled by positive changes of similar scale in the control group. Instances in which the control group showed greater improvement than the intervention group, or improved in opposition to a deteriorating trend in the intervention group, were rarely highlighted by study authors. We wished to draw attention to such instances, as they may provide some evidence of the comparative strengths of the SAU condition. However, because of the nature of the data available to us, we could not calculate standard deviations or standard errors for change scores. We therefore refer to them as indications only.
Even in cases in which some statistically significant effects were indicated through meta‐analyses (or when change scores suggested statistically or clinically significant changes), most interventions achieved mixed results in relation to different outcome categories or items and different time points. No consistent pattern was found for these differential impacts across studies. Also, the clinical and practical significance of these findings was often unclear.
Methodological limitations of the included studies are detailed elsewhere in the review (e.g. Risk of bias in included studies; Quality of the evidence; Table 1), but tentatively the data appear to support the conclusion that services need not be highly specialised or technical to foster some degree of positive change among street‐connected children and youth recruited through shelters or drop‐ins. A specialised intervention offering some therapeutic programme has not proved consistently better than usual shelter or drop‐in service in these studies. On the basis of longer‐term change scores from four comparable studies (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET), benefits achieved in the intervention and control groups appeared in some cases substantial and relatively long‐lasting (12 to 24 months). Data from comparable studies (e.g. suite of studies by Slesnik teams) included at update reinforce this pattern. These studies did not include SAU but showed little difference between longer‐ and shorter‐term intervention groups.
As a result of the limitations of the study designs employed, generic maturational effects underlying positive trends cannot be ruled out. As noted in one study, substance use patterns are characterised more often by change than by stability, and 'there appear to be natural developmental processes toward moderation of use' (Baer et al 1998, cited in Peterson 2006, p 261). Longitudinal data on homeless young people living on the street in the United States offer some support for this trend (Whitbeck 2009, Chapter 15). However, the latter authors also argue that on the level of individual diagnoses, longitudinal data demonstrate long‐term stability across a range of mental health indicators including diagnoses for substance abuse, as well as continued social marginalisation. Findings support the notion of complementing overall analyses with individual‐level analyses, as discussed below in the section on Quality of the evidence (statistical analyses).
In our analyses, some of the most consistent improvements (in intervention and control groups) in substance abuse outcomes took place among participants residing at runaway shelters. Runaways are a distinct subpopulation of street‐connected children and youth who may never have lived on the street (Robertson and Toro 1999, cited in Slesnick 2007/08). Thus, they are likely to have relatively stronger family ties and limited engagement with street life. Participant scores on a range of risk measures (e.g. HIV risk behaviours, sexual activity, family violence) were usually relatively low on average in the included studies. However, even with these populations, results were mixed on the level of individual outcome items, as discussed below. Overall, we have limited knowledge of the process factors contributing to positive outcomes.
Outcome findings
Our meta‐analyses showed statistically significant changes in either direction for five outcome items. These included number of standard drinks at three months (favouring the intervention) (see Analysis 2.6), number of problem consequences at three months (favouring the comparison intervention) (see Analysis 2.18), number of substance use diagnoses at three months (favouring the intervention) (see Analysis 2.20), delinquent behaviours at three months (favouring the intervention) (see Analysis 7.1) and family cohesion at three months (favouring the intervention) (see Analysis 9.1). Each analysis relates to secondary outcome measures in a small number of studies (among these analyses, the greatest number of interventions was included for 'delinquent behaviours at three months', which also shows the smallest effect). Overall, these findings appear mixed and inconsistent. No data at update stage changed the significance of the original findings.
As noted above, a limitation of our primary analyses is that we were unable to include in the meta‐analysis a large quantity of relevant data because investigators used different measurement types and time points. Therefore, for the evaluation summary below, we also draw on change scores (Appendix 2) and authors' own analyses.
Safer or reduced sexual activity
Outcome measures and findings in this category were very mixed, with limited to no statistically significant or consistent intervention effects apparent. Moreover, we did not gain access to raw data from four of five relevant studies in this category, and data for some of the outcome items were considerably skewed. In Rotheram‐Borus 2003, which had the longest follow‐up period in any study, study authors reported that despite initial improvements in certain areas, in particular substance use, relapse had occurred by between three and six months for young men, and by 12 months for young women. The only long‐term effect reported in their study was that for young women, both sexual partners and unprotected sexual acts were fewer at 24 months. Among young men, intervention and control groups followed a broadly similar pattern, but among women the patterns were more mixed.
Safer or reduced substance use
This was the category for which the largest quantity of data were available for comparison; therefore we report on the outcomes at some length.
In two studies (Baer 2007; Peterson 2006), change scores indicated improvement in both groups, with some appearing to favour the control group in terms of the scale of the change (e.g. number of days of alcohol use in Peterson 2006). Study authors reported a statistically significant intervention effect on 'summed drug use other than marijuana' at one month but not at three months in Peterson 2006.
According to the authors of three studies, family therapy interventions for runaway adolescents appear to have achieved some statistically significant and lasting (12 to 15 month) benefits in reducing alcohol or drug use, somewhat above the similarly positive benefits for participants receiving SAU (Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT). Changes in both groups also appear clinically significant. Overall, however, results from these studies were mixed, as is discussed below. It should be noted that Milburn 2012 had the highest rate of attrition among the included studies; approximately half of the participants were missing at 12 months. Furthermore, research participants in all three studies were shelter‐residing runaways with some family contact, and most were of Hispanic background. In a later study with a 24‐month follow‐up (Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET), the family therapy intervention did not outperform the two other types of interventions examined, although some differences by treatment modality emerged in a latent trajectory analysis when participants were grouped into change classes according to their individual substance use trajectories. Significant reductions for some substance use outcomes were indicated in both groups, but particularly in the nurse‐led (control) intervention group, in Nyamathi 2012/13 AM and Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP.
Even data from the relatively most successful interventions (Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT ; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET) suggest that interventions may to some degree change the pattern of substance abuse rather than reduce it. For example, in Milburn 2012, intervention participants (with a primarily alcohol‐using profile) increased their use of marijuana while reducing use of alcohol and hard drugs. Similarly, although demonstrating an opposite trend, an analysis in Slesnick 2006c, which combined data from Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2009 EBFT, suggested that unlike primary alcohol‐abusing participants (both young men and young women), primary drug‐abusing young men in the ecologically based family therapy (EBFT) intervention group increased their use of alcohol by 32% while decreasing drug use similarly to other groups (including the control group). Among the studies by Slesnick, separate data on marijuana use were available for only one study (Slesnick 2005), in which marijuana use followed a similar downward trend as other drug use in both groups. However, change scores on tobacco use in this study indicated a small increase in the intervention group as opposed to a decrease in the control group.
Some contradictions in the data on substance abuse‐related outcomes were also apparent in Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT upon review of change scores (mean scores only). For example, although intervention groups showed a significantly greater reduction in mean scores for days of alcohol and drug use compared with SAU groups, problem consequences of substance use (POSIT) showed a similar downward trend for all three groups, and the largest longer‐term reduction in substance use diagnoses and the largest longer‐term increase in percent of days living at home according to change scores appeared to occur in the SAU group (however, see also above meta‐analyses on number of substance use diagnoses (Analysis 2.20) and number of problem consequences (Analysis 2.18), favouring different groups at three months). At update, the two new Slesnik studies reported a narrower range of substance use outcomes and thus provided no evidence to corroborate or refute the original findings.
Self esteem and depression
In this category also, participants in both groups in all studies appeared to improve apart from an increase in depression among control participants in Hyun 2005 (this study had a very small study population). With reduced depression, change scores offered some support for the intervention in Hyun 2005, Slesnick 2007/08, Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT; however, our meta‐analysis did not indicate any statistically significant differences at three or six months. In contrast to Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT, the Slesnick 2005 control participants appeared to improve slightly more on psychological outcome measures, including depression, according to the change scores. Similarly, in Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV, Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET, Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA, Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET, participants in the control intervention group did not appear to do worse than participants in other intervention groups. Indeed in the later Slesnick studies, all participants in all groups appeared to improve on mental health symptoms over time. However, it is notable that with drop‐out over time, this may reflect a somewhat different participant group than was assessed at earlier time points. The Nyamathi study at update showed no change in depression.
Reduced use of violence
This was measured in only two studies, and baseline scores on this measure were low (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT). We found no significant differences in meta‐analyses, and our change scores indicated that self reported verbal aggression and family violence were reduced similarly in all groups at all included time points (longest follow‐up 15 months).
Increased contact with family
Data on this outcome were reported in only one study (with two intervention groups) (Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT), and results were mixed. Although our meta‐analysis shows no statistically significant change, change scores indicate that percent days living at home was reduced in both intervention groups at three months but was increased in the control group. At 15 months, increases were evident across the three groups, but the largest overall increase was noted in the control group.
Other outcomes
Outcomes beyond those outlined in our protocol and showing statistically significant effects in our meta‐analyses included delinquent behaviours at three months (favouring the intervention) (see Analysis 7.1) and family cohesion (favouring the intervention) (see Analysis 9.1). Measures used to capture delinquent behaviours were diverse, and some of the data were skewed. The overall effect was small and was no longer present at later time points (six and 12 months). Change scores for this outcome item were mixed. For family cohesion, three intervention groups and two control groups (from two studies) were included. A statistically significant (if small) effect favoured the intervention groups receiving family therapy. However, longer‐term change scores indicate that differences between the three groups appear to have diminished by 12 to 15 months.
Overall completeness and applicability of evidence
Implications for generalisability (in particular to LMIC contexts) and equity factors
In the following discussion, we focus on the applicability of evidence to other populations of street‐connected children and youth, particularly in LMICs, drawing on a brief overview of comparative data. For the purposes of this discussion, mechanisms for consideration of these questions centre on similarity of interventions, populations and contexts, LMIC and high‐income country (HIC) settings and populations and interventions and contexts of the studies included in this review, as discussed below. Similarly, a discussion by Lavis 2009 on assessing applicability focuses on similarities and differences between populations, contexts and 'on the ground realities'.
The extrapolation tool promoted within Cochrane groups promotes examination of studies for generalisability to more disadvantaged populations according to the following questions: Is there good reason to think that this treatment would work with the disadvantaged? It might work for the disadvantaged, no idea if it would work for the disadvantaged, it might be harmful to the disadvantaged or good reason to think it will be harmful to the disadvantaged, where working (benefit) is defined as benefit outweighing harm, and harm is defined as harm outweighing benefit (Pottie 2010). For the purposes of this review, we have replaced the more disadvantaged populations in this model with LMIC contexts.
In this section, we examine equity‐related issues in the 13 included studies, focusing on ethnicity, socio‐economic status, gender, sexual orientation and disability. We argue that all of the above factors are applicable across HIC and LMIC contexts, and that judgements of generalisability need to be made on a case‐by‐case basis (see our logic model for HIC and LMIC generalisability; Figure 2).
Interventions
Lavis 2009, in discussing applicability, highlights differences in service delivery contexts as of crucial importance for considering generalisability. As noted here, SAU and therapeutic interventions in several included studies incorporate specialist referrals and multi‐agency approaches. An important recent UN report (UN High Commission on Human Rights 2012) on street children recommends to governments many structural factors that might help to promote the rights of street children. Among these are co‐ordinated child protection and welfare systems; consistent birth registration; multi‐agency working partnerships; adequate financial provision for structures, services and co‐ordination; and ways to addressing stigma and discrimination among street children. Clearly, contexts in which such structures currently exist differ in many ways from contexts in which they do not. Many non‐government organisation (NGO) street children interventions in LMICs currently incorporate interventions similar to the SAU services offered in the included studies, but caution should be exercised when applying the results of this review to contexts that lack protective structural arrangements, and generalisability should be assessed on a context‐by‐context basis.
Provision of a drop‐in or shelter service is perhaps the most typical form of intervention available for this population in both HICs and LMICs, and is the SAU received by comparison groups in the included studies. Such services commonly provide for basic physical and psychological needs, and sometimes facilitate access to specialist services. However, none of the included studies explicitly set out to examine the effectiveness of such services in themselves. Instead, they focused on highly specialised, time‐limited interventions drawing on psychological therapies, which inevitably have higher costs and may not be typical of service provision in HICs or LMICs, although they are arguably more readily available for street‐connected populations in the former group. Other interventions available in both HICs and LMICs include longer‐term residential settings for street‐connected children and youth. Such services were not represented in the included studies.
The highly specialised therapeutic interventions examined in the included studies are not typical of interventions offered in HICs or in LMICs to support street‐connected children and young people while promoting reintegration‐type outcomes. SAU comparison interventions are more similar to services offered across the world. The overall finding that in many cases SAU participants improved from baseline on the measures used supports the use of these interventions, although a 'measurement effect' whereby repeated assessments conducted during the studies may in themselves trigger greater awareness and contribute to the outcomes obtained cannot be ruled out (Godin 2008; Morwitz 2004).
Population characteristics
Key issues in consideration of the generalisability of this review ‐ which includes studies conducted in HICs ‐ to populations of street‐connected children and young people in LMICs focus on a number of issues. These issues are identified as crucial in the introductory and background sections of this review, in particular, issues of risk faced by street‐connected children and young people, the role of resilience and reasons why young people are street‐connected.
All included studies, except for Peterson 2006, Milburn 2012 and Rew 2007 , recruited participants exclusively through drop‐in centres or shelters. Although drop‐in youth may be considered more at risk than shelter‐based youth (Slesnick 2007/08), comparison of baseline characteristics among participants in the Baer 2007 and Peterson 2006 studies showed significant differences between a sample of drop‐in recruits and a sample recruited from mixed locations, including those from the street (with the latter more likely to exhibit high‐risk behaviours such as heroin use). Only a small minority in the included studies were recruited directly from the street, especially among studies included in the meta‐analysis, of which only Milburn 2012 and Peterson 2006 recruited a portion of the research population directly from the street (42% in Peterson 2006; proportion not reported in Milburn 2012). These two studies differed in an important respect. In Peterson 2006, 'parental contact' was the most commonly used exclusion criterion (applied to 60% of youth screened for participation). As the Milburn 2012 study employed a family intervention, not being away from home for longer than six months and having the potential to return home were used as inclusion criteria. Other studies excluded young people with or without significant substance abuse problems. In summary, although the interventions served varied subpopulations of street‐connected children and youth, only around 120 participants from one study (Peterson 2006) could be said to have represented a population that may not have had contact with their families or with an agency. Therefore, results may not be broadly generalisable to children and youth who live on the streets and do not access services ‐ whether in HIC or LMIC contexts.
Reasons for being on the street within the included studies
Of the 13 studies included in this review, only one study (Cauce 1994) explicitly asked participants to state their reasons for leaving home. Five additional studies reported histories or experiences of physical and sexual abuse and family conflict or violence before leaving home (Hyun 2005; Rew 2007; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT). Four studies (Baer 2007; Peterson 2006; Rotheram‐Borus 2003; Slesnick 2007/08) did not report on historical factors such as physical or sexual abuse or family conflict. One study (Milburn 2012) specifically excluded participants who reported abuse, neglect at home or mental health problems. It may be that because reasons for leaving home are widespread throughout the broader literature base on youth who are homeless in HICs, studies that are focused on treatment programmes for youth who are already street‐connected, such as the 11 studies in this review, do not discuss this information in terms of relevance of their evaluations. Nevertheless, this must be acknowledged as a limitation of the review with regard to enabling identification of specific therapies linked to specific psychosocial histories of the population in question (Rew 2007; Slesnick 2005).
Given the lack of specific and consistent reporting of factors contributing to young people leaving home within the included studies, it is difficult to generalise about which risk factors cause or trigger exit from home. A limitation of these studies was the absence, apart from one study (Cauce 1994), of explicit questions regarding reasons for leaving home. Nevertheless, among the group of participants whose family histories were reported in this study, order, physical abuse, family violence or conflict and sexual abuse were reported in the lives of participants, in particular. This does correspond with the wider literature on homeless children and adolescents, which reports higher rates of family conflict or violence and physical and sexual abuse among homeless and runaway youth than among non‐runaway and homeless populations (Hyun 2005; Rew 2007; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT ). Higher rates of substance or alcohol use and high‐risk behaviours are also found within this population in comparison with the domiciled youth population, as is acknowledged within all 11 included studies. It is this aspect of homeless youth experience that is predominantly the focus of evaluation studies. It has been acknowledged that the adverse impact of street life for young people is important for achieving good outcomes in this population, and research must focus on these family contexts and earlier prevention strategies that aim to re‐engage young people with their families, as identified by Milburn 2012 and Slesnick 2005: "Because research suggests that family disturbance is highly correlated to the act of running away (Finkelhor 1990 ; Kufeldt 1992), family therapy is identified as the most important first treatment to evaluate with this population" (p 3).
All included studies aimed to impact high‐risk behaviour and lifestyles of street‐connected children and young people. Among those that report reasons for street‐connectedness, family breakdown and abuse histories feature highly in the backgrounds of included children and young people. Therefore, populations in the included studies may be seen as comparable with the many street‐connected children and young people in high‐ and middle‐income countries (HMICs) in which family fragility and breakdown and abuse history are among the reasons for young people leaving home. Evidence from some LMIC street children projects shows that child runaways are high among their priorities. As such, comparability of this subset of LMIC street‐connected children and young people with much of the population included in this review is clear, as is discussed in greater detail below.
Reasons for being on the street in low‐income countries (LICs)
With regard to comparability of HICs and LICs, we drew a sample of seven studies from a selection of excluded qualitative studies on street children in LICs. Selection criteria were that studies specifically stated within the abstract reasons for children leaving home, studies were published in peer‐reviewed journals and geographical locations included Africa, Asia and South America.Â
Although poverty is, arguably, a major trigger for children to come out onto the streets to work in LICs (Abebe 2008), it has been suggested that poverty is not the primary reason for children being ‘pushed’ onto the street (Conticini 2007). As with children and young people in HICs, these studies state that young people leave home because of family conflict, parental abuse and family disintegration (Henley 2010; Plummer 2007; Praharaj 2008; Raffaelli 2000; Tyler 1986). However, investigators have reported a significant difference between populations of street‐connected youth in HICs and those in LICs. Although contested, some literature on homeless children and young people in LICs has distinguished between ‘working street children’ and ‘street children’ (Plummer 2007). ‘Working street children’ are children who have been pushed onto the street as a result of economic hardship but who return home at night after spending their days working on the streets; ‘street children’ are children and young people who both work and live on the streets (Abebe 2008; Plummer 2007). The Plummer 2007 study, which drew on a sample of 1217 working children and 432 street children in the Sudan, found that the reasons for being on the streets were different between working children and street children. Working boys and girls reported poverty and financial hardship as their primary reasons for working; in contrast, this initial qualitative research has found that family dysfunction was very widely reported by street children, and that substance use (glue sniffing) was more highly correlated with street boys and girls than with working boys and girls, with street boys and girls generally reporting more experience with war, familial abuse and parental death or homelessness.
Similarly, Henley 2010 , which drew on a sample population of 1098 children and youth visible on the streets in northern Tanzania, noted a clear trend between ‘part‐time’ and ‘full‐time’ street children, with full‐time street children having higher abuse scores than part‐time street children. The Abebe 2008 study of 60 working street children in Addis Ababa found that approximately 80% returned home at night. This suggests that although poverty is a significant trigger for children’s migration to the street in LICs, it is also likely that these children are working but returning home. On the other hand, children who leave as a result of abuse or family disintegration tend to live on the street and do not return home. However, other researchers have considered such categorisations overly rigid in the light of complex and shifting circumstances characteristic of the lives of street‐connected children and young people (Ennew 2003; Glauser 1997).  Â
Conticini 2007 reports their main finding that the breakdown of social relationships within the household, not economic poverty, is the primary cause of child migration to the street (p 207), and this is supported by the other studies in LICs cited here. Thus the similarities between HICs and LICs appear strong in relation to family dysfunction as a causal factor for children and young people leaving home. Studies in HICs do not postulate that poverty is a prominent factor in youth homelessness, and the scope for research into specific links between economic hardship within families and the economic activities of homeless youth is clear. However, the common ground that is emerging for HICs and LICs does appear to lie within the sphere of family fragility and dysfunction as a trigger into homelessness and street life.
For street‐connected children and young people from LMICs whose reasons for being on the street include earning a living or contributing to family income, the intervention approach may need to be different, allowing for both ongoing economic support and skills training and education such as that offered by some NGOs, for example, conditional cash transfer schemes, as well as other support. Income deprivation may not be the usual focus for interventions in HICs but clearly has relevance in the context of insecure labour markets, growing (youth) unemployment and reduced welfare funding, which affect children and youth in HICs worldwide (see, for example, Karabanow 2010). Similarly, for children and young people who are on the streets for reasons of war, urbanisation or migration, particularly but not exclusively in LMIC contexts (see, for example, Altanis 2003), the optimal intervention approach would address outcomes related to these experiences, in addition to harm reduction and reintegration and educational input (Figure 2 ).
Risks faced by street‐connected children and young people in HICs and LMICs
The literature on street children differs between developing worlds and developed worlds. HICs have conducted more systematic and scientific studies, reviews of interventions and support services for developed world street children, often referred to as ‘homeless children’. Conversely, many more ethnographic research studies have been conducted to examine developing world ‘street children’ in HICs and LMICs (McAdam‐Crisp 2005; Panter‐Brick 2002). Given that the nature of these studies is different, and that researchers are often looking for or at different things, it is interesting to note that risks faced by street‐connected children and young people on the street are similar, that is, they are at greater risk of increased substance abuse (Towe 2009; Wanzela 2010), sexual exploitation, risky sexual behaviour and sexually transmitted infections (STIs) (Gaetz 2004 ; Kacker 2007; Kombarakaran 2004), mental health issues (Thabet 2010; Whitbeck 2004) and violence (United Nations 2006). It should be noted here that according to the data collected, study populations in the included studies generally represent street‐connected children and youth with low to moderate risk profiles.
However, something must be said about specific risks resulting from socio‐geographical and political situations and contexts. In nations in which trafficking of children is evident, street‐connected children and young people may be at higher risk of being trafficked (see Adepoju 2005), although previous assumptions about the high prevalence of trafficking risk have been contested by some researchers (Thomas de Benitez 2011b). In places where use of child soldiers is not uncommon, street children may be at risk of being recruited into warfare (Singer 2010). Although the latter two examples are prevalent in the developing world, street children in the developed world are often homeless young people who ‘sleep rough’ in cars or with friends and often do so without their families. This differs from many developing world spaces where children are on the streets with their families, working and living together. In some developing world countries, this is changing, potentially putting children at greater risk of greater exploitation than they would have when with their families (Adepoju 2005).
It is important to note that processes such as rapid urbanisation, slum clearance and rural‐urban migration ‐ more prevalent in LMICs than in HICs, particularly against backdrops of rapid economic growth and social change ‐ can lead to situations in which children and young people find themselves in street‐connected circumstances (e.g. Xue 2009 , Young 2004). It is beyond the scope of this review to consider mechanisms for prevention of 'street children creation' that arise from rapid urbanisation and population movements, although this topic could be the focus of meaningful future research.
Ethnicity and ethnic minorities
All of the included studies were conducted in HICs, and only one was conducted outside the USA (South Korea). Twelve of the 13 included studies were conducted in the USA ‐ at two US locations in particular: Albuquerque, New Mexico (Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) and Seattle, Washington (Baer 2007 (location inferred but not explicitly stated); Cauce 1994; Peterson 2006), were over‐represented in the sample. Studies from the USA represent a variety of ethnic populations, largely white and Hispanic. Although data on ethnic background of participants were commonly provided, they usually provided no information on how representative the study populations were of the general population of the study locality (e.g. the city or neighbourhood from which the research population was drawn) and on which ethnic groups could be considered ethnic minorities in their local, as opposed to national, context. Participants in the Korean study reportedly represented a religious (Christian) minority.
Peterson 2006 mentioned that participants who were not fluent in English were excluded from the study. No other study presented this criterion, but investigators also have not indicated that they used translators or multi‐lingual recruitment methods. Without relevant contextual information, it is difficult to judge how significant this fact may be. However, in some cities and areas from which participants were recruited (e.g. in three studies (Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT), the dominant ethnic identity among participants was Hispanic), fluency in English as an inclusion criterion could potentially exclude a significant proportion of participants otherwise eligible and representative of street‐connected children and youth in that particular area, including recent migrants. Language profiles and citizenship status may have important implications for outreach and service provision. For example, in HICs, service users' lack of legal status may restrict the ability or willingness of some NGOs to provide appropriate services for them.
The ethnic profile for the three family interventions (Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) was distinct from that for other types of interventions, in that Hispanics represented the largest ethnic minority for each. In the earlier Slesnick studies, the second largest ethnic group was Anglo‐American and was close in size to the Hispanic populations, whereas in Milburn 2012 the Hispanic population represented 62% and African Americans 21% of the total study population. One hypothesis as to why this might occur is the high premium placed on family connectedness within this community compared with the Anglo‐American population in general (see also Slesnick 2002). In later Slesnick studies (which compared different types of interventions), the largest ethnic group was African American.
Depending on the socio‐cultural contexts of interventions, particular interventions may be more or less acceptable. Similarly, family‐focused interventions might specifically be less popular in some cultural contexts for the inverse of these reasons. Depending on the levels of stigma associated with substance use and sexual behaviour in some cultural contexts, assessments would have to be performed to determine whether interventions that were focused on these behaviours in particular might be more or less acceptable and appropriate. For example, family conflict involving social exclusion or stigmatisation of individuals with minority sexual identities may be better tackled at the community level. This is not an HIC/LMIC distinction but rather one that must be made on a context‐by‐context basis.
Socio‐economic background
Most of the included studies did not report on socio‐economic or educational status, social capital or acculturation indicators among participants or the communities that they represented, despite research indicating the importance of such factors in predicting risk behaviours (e.g. Bantchevska 2008; Slesnick 2002). The only exceptions are Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2009 EBFT , Slesnick 2009 FFT, Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET (total group data only), in which investigators reported on mean family income at baseline. Slesnick 2005 reported no significant differences between control and intervention groups. In the 2009 study, mean income for the control group was relatively low compared with that of both intervention groups. Educational level was included in a discriminant analysis in Slesnick 2007/08. The absence of collection and analysis of socio‐economic data in intervention evaluation research is prominent.
Gender and parenthood
Young men have been slightly over‐represented in research studies. This may reflect greater visibility of young men over young women in street situations, and may indicate greater likelihood of help‐seeking.
Apart from engagement in survival sex, none of the included studies, including those involving street‐based (as opposed to shelter‐based) populations, appeared to measure potential harms predominantly although not exclusively (see, for example, Muhrisun 2004) affecting young women, such as unwanted pregnancies, abortions, miscarriages, intimate partner violence, sexual harassment and rape. Similar harms may predominantly affect young men, such as physical assault, incarceration and involvement in gang‐related violence, and this may confound intervention effects. Such outcomes have not been explored in any study, possibly because the risk profile of included study populations may be relatively low.
Forming of intimate relationships was also not examined in the included studies. Some qualitative data suggest that forming intimate relationships and starting a family may have a stabilising influence on some street‐connected youth (e.g. Karabanow 2008). Other studies (e.g. Whitbeck 2009) highlight the often mixed effects of relationships among street‐living homeless youth, who often come from a background of dysfunctional family relations, including backgrounds of sexual and physical abuse. Even when intimate relationships meet their protection needs, such relationships may have complex implications for young women in particular. For example, relationships may further prevent young women from pursuing different pathways of integration through educational and vocational opportunities.
Having children or being pregnant was not examined in any of the included studies, although a paper by Slesnick 2006b appears to report on parenthood among a subsample of the Slesnick 2005 study. Within their sample of 201 adolescents, 24% (23 young men and 25 young women) had children or were expecting. Longitudinal data on homeless adolescents in the United States show that 46.8% of young homeless women were or had been pregnant at the end of the first follow‐up period, and 77% at the end of three years (Whitbeck 2009). Most pregnancies reported at first follow‐up were not carried to term. In one study (Slesnick 2006b), homeless adolescent parents reported increased runaway episodes and engaged in more high‐risk sexual and drug behaviours than did non‐parents. Mothers engaged in more overall HIV risk behaviours than non‐parents and fathers, and fathers engaged in more intravenous drug use.
Sexual orientation
Five studies (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM ; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA ; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV ; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET ; Milburn 2012; Peterson 2006; Rew 2007; Slesnick 2007/08 ) reported on participants' sexual orientation. Data from these studies were not used in analyses.
Disability
No studies reported on any type of disability among participant populations.
Quality of the evidence
Study designs
Most of the included studies were randomised controlled trials (RCTs); thus their study methods can be considered relatively robust. Another strength of the included studies was seen in the relatively high retention rates for this population across studies. However, we highlight below several limitations of these studies. For further assessment of limitations, we refer to the Table 1 , which presents a quality assessment that draws on the GRADE (Grades of Recommendation, Assessment, Development and Evaluation) framework. The large number of relevant secondary outcomes reported by the included studies meant that we could not report on all of them in the 'Summary of findings' table without making that table very lengthy and unwieldy. Therefore, we have included as much summary as was possible, along with an overall summary section in the table that conveys the flavour of the evidence as a whole.
One considerable limitation of these studies was the absence of comparison groups that did not have regular access to services; nine of 13 studies recruited participants for both intervention and control groups exclusively from drop‐in centres or shelters, and the remaining three studies (Milburn 2012; Peterson 2006; Rew 2007) included participants from mixed settings. Thus, no study in this review compared an intervention versus 'nothing' or 'no service', which is the condition lived by most street‐connected children and young people around the world. Given the limited scope of such SAU services in most countries, including the USA (e.g. at the time of the Rotheram‐Borus 2003 study, only four shelters were identified in the New York area), the study populations are not necessarily widely representative of street‐connected children and youth even in HICs. Many commentators believe that it would be unethical to offer no service to vulnerable populations. This ethical stance may account for the absence of no treatment control groups.
Most studies provided limited information for assessment of control conditions. Thus, significant variance in the quality and quantity of services offered by different types of agencies in SAU conditions was suggested, the data provided were not sufficient for robust comparisons across interventions. For example, Milburn 2012, Peterson 2006 and Rew 2007, who recruited participants from mixed settings, including streets, did not specify the control condition.
In many cases, however, SAU appeared to be of relatively high quality. For instance, the drop‐in centre that served as the SAU condition in Cauce 1994 offered street‐involved youth "a drop‐in room, free meals, food and clothing banks, health services, a school program, and recreation programs" (p 22). Additionally, the centre offered drug and alcohol counselling and group sessions on self esteem, sexuality, parenting and job skills, as well as individual case management. Several of the SAU conditions provided counselling services. Given the fact that interventions were usually narrow in scope, participants in the intervention groups were likely to access SAU to meet other needs. However, few of the included studies reported that investigators systematically controlled for similarity between the two groups in terms of using 'control' services, apart from limited data in some studies (e.g. number of counselling sessions). Furthermore, it is impossible to know to what extent positive outcomes in the intervention group were contingent upon simultaneous receipt of SAU. At update, motivational enhancement therapy (MET) was assessed as sufficiently similar to SAU conditions in the original studies to be included as comparable, given that SAU is also an active intervention.
Furthermore, in so far as many interventions were time‐limited and specialised, as opposed to more permanent and comprehensive services, which may have been more familiar to the research population, it could be argued that control conditions may have offered distinct advantages vis‐à‐vis intervention conditions. However, service delivery‐related confounders (e.g. service satisfaction, level of engagement) usually were examined only in the context of the intervention condition. A further potentially confounding factor in some studies was the fact that, as in the case of several interventions, some agency‐based services were contained within their location, but others involved referrals or joined‐up working with external service providers, depending on individual needs. The impact of external services was not examined in any relevant studies.
Finally, as interventions commonly took place in the shelter or drop‐in centre from which participants were recruited, a high likelihood of contamination between intervention and control groups was noted in most studies. Several study authors drew attention to this fact. Participants in intervention and control groups were likely to belong to the same peer network and therefore could affect each other's behaviours in either direction. In summary, it is very difficult to isolate intervention effects from effects of SAU, especially in studies in which the two conditions operated under the same roof. (Contamination similarly has been recognised as a problematic issue when street‐based participants share living quarters; Rew 2007 .)
Notably, studies added at update stage (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET) did not involve an SAU condition and thus were not directly comparable with previously included studies (see Sensitivity analysis).
Six studies had a follow‐up period exceeding six months (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM ; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA ; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV ; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET ; Milburn 2012; Rotheram‐Borus 2003, Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET), and five had a follow‐up period of three months or longer (Baer 2007; Cauce 1994; Hyun 2005; Peterson 2006; Rew 2007). The longest follow‐up was 24 months (Rotheram‐Borus 2003; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). The longest follow‐up with raw data from more than one study and one outcome was six months, which further limits the robustness of predictions on the basis of included data.
It is important to note that the evidence base does not yet include robust studies from LMICs. LMIC studies assessed for inclusion at update could not be included for the reasons noted above.
Outcome measures
Although outcome categories were considerably homogeneous across studies, as noted above, consistency was lacking between types of interventions and types of outcomes measured. When combined with the heterogeneity of outcome measures discussed above, this further limited the quantity of data available for meaningful comparison. For example, among studies involving a social cognitive or behavioural intervention, two (Rew 2007; Rotheram‐Borus 2003) measured exclusively cognitive‐behavioural outcomes, one (Hyun 2005) exclusively psychological outcomes and three (Baer 2007; Milburn 2012; Peterson 2006 ) exclusively behavioural outcomes. Studies by Slesnick measured both psychological and social functioning outcomes irrespective of the type of intervention provided (i.e. family therapy, community reinforcement approach and HIV prevention) and also measured family functioning or cognitive‐behavioural outcomes depending on the intervention. Cauce 1994 , who evaluated a multi‐component intervention, measured psychological and social adjustment outcomes. Further, outcomes within these broader categories varied. For example, family interventions focused on different behavioural outcomes (Milburn 2012 on substance use, delinquent behaviour and sexual risk behaviour; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT on substance use, delinquent behaviour and family functioning). Thus, consistency is lacking in the choice of outcomes across studies.
Irrespective of theoretical orientation, appropriate relevant measurable effects of an intervention are not obvious. In addition, the line between outcomes and process factors is blurred. For example, although several interventions included a motivational element, defined as encouraging ‘readiness to change’ (Peterson 2006), they did not treat motivation to change as an outcome. For example, Peterson 2006 measured ‘stage of change’ only at baseline. Other relevant factors identified in the research literature include, among many others, goal setting and decision making (Lightfoot 2011). These appear to be target elements of interventions included in the review but were not treated as outcomes. Some interventions, such as the community reinforcement approach (CRA) employed in Slesnick 2007/08, define concrete behavioural targets, such as an increase in positive (as opposed to risk‐inducing) social activities and peer relationships, which were not translated into outcomes apart from the aggregate measure of 'social stability'. Few studies measured factors specific to street‐connected populations and highlighted by both ethnographic (e.g. Karabanow 2008) and quantitative or mixed methods studies (e.g. Whitbeck 2009) as crucial for exit from street life.
We can infer that many of these potential ‘process factors’ were nevertheless relevant to most interventions, as well as to SAU. Although they may be considered moderating or mediating factors in relation to concrete outcomes such as reduced substance use, they do not appear to differ in a fundamental sense from constructs such as self esteem. Furthermore, to evaluate intervention effectiveness, it might be considered important to measure whether the intervention appeared valid as a method used with a particular research population (e.g. whether a motivational intervention in fact increased motivation). One of the challenges of evaluating the effectiveness of psycho‐social interventions derives from the fact that they typically consist of multiple treatment components, which are difficult to quantify. Meta‐analyses of common psychological therapies have shown that common process factors, especially therapeutic relationship variables, may account for 30% of the variance in treatment outcomes for adults, above and beyond the 15% of variance accounted for by therapeutic techniques (Lambert and Barley 2002, cited in Karver 2006). None of the included studies controlled for treatment variables such as quality of the therapeutic relationship or group cohesion.
Viewing outcomes in a narrow context or in isolation from each other, without locating them in the real, everyday experiences of study participants, may lead to misleading conclusions. For example, Ferguson 2008 found an increased number of sexual partners among youth taking part in a social enterprise intervention, in marked contrast to a (non‐randomised) control group from the same drop‐in centre that significantly reduced numbers of sexual partners over the same period. Some of their qualitative data suggest that this fact could be explained by increased self confidence among intervention participants, which by itself may be considered a desired outcome. Similarly, a cross‐sectional study by Booth 1999 could not confirm an expected relationship between increased knowledge about HIV/AIDS or perceived likelihood of infection and sexual risk behaviours; on the contrary, youth with higher levels of knowledge engaged in more risk behaviours, possibly reflecting "a realistic appraisal of their increased risk" (p 1302). Of the included studies, those by Slesnick (Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) enable the most comprehensive comparisons across a relatively broad range of outcome categories. However, contradictory outcome findings were explored to a limited extent.
In summary, although these studies covered important outcomes, predefined outcomes often directly transposed from research with very different study populations, usually with limited relevance to a particular intervention, may not adequately reflect the full range of risks that street‐connected children and youth are likely to encounter. Conversely, important intervention benefits may go undocumented. More work is required to develop appropriate research tools for this area of research, ideally drawing on both bottom‐up participatory methods (as exemplified, for example, in Ferguson 2008b) and broader theories of change.
As depicted above, despite overall homogeneity of measured outcomes, the measurement tools and, consequently, the outcome components reported in these studies were highly heterogeneous. Most of the measures used were validated, and data on their reliability were made available in study publications. However, measures were not commonly validated in the context of studying homeless or street‐connected young people. The measurement tools employed were typically self report for practical and ethical reasons. Potential biases inherent in self report measures are well known and were highlighted by several study authors. For example, under‐reporting and over‐reporting may occur as the result of social desirability or trust issues. This fact is compounded by potential problems of recall. For instance, it could have been challenging for some youth to calculate and report the numbers of times they 'used alcohol' or 'had sex' in the past three months (Milburn 2012 [pers comm]) in part because their chaotic lives are marked by high rates of substance abuse, which may impact negatively on accurate recall (e.g. Rew 2007).
The quality of reporting of outcomes for review purposes was varied. Mean and standard deviation data for some outcomes were included for most study publications. However, some publications included only raw data for outcomes favouring the intervention (other outcomes were reported narratively). Unpublished data were available on request in all instances. In some instances, different studies using the same measures reported different outcome items; this raises the possibility of selective reporting (it should be noted that the number of outcome items measured was very large in some studies). Four publications presented data in graph or composite form (Milburn 2012; Rotheram‐Borus 2003; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET), and we were able to obtain relevant raw data for three of these (Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005;Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET). No other unpublished data from past or ongoing studies were made available to us.
Statistical analyses
It has been argued that analysis of data from complex social interventions calls for sufficiently sophisticated statistical methods to produce meaningful evidence of "how programs affect individuals, who is most affected, and under what circumstances" (Lipsey 2000, p 362). Although statistical methods used to capture this level of complexity have been evolving in recent decades, research practice is lagging behind methodological advances (see Lipsey 2000). Included studies were considerably varied in their choice of statistical methods. Below we highlight some examples.
Population heterogeneity may significantly contribute to variance in outcomes, and street‐connected children and youth typically represent a diverse population with multiple needs and relatively high levels of co‐morbidity (Slesnick 2006). Most included studies provided some analysis of baseline differences. One way of accounting for variance in the study population is to use propensity scores, as exemplified in Rotheram‐Borus 2003 (non‐randomised study sample). These authors calculated propensity scores for each participant on the basis of 45 baseline characteristics, which were used to classify participants into five subgroups. As significant differences between control and intervention groups emerged in terms of risk profile, those with the fewest and those with the greatest number of sexual and substance use risk acts were excluded from the analyses. The remaining three groups were pooled for data analysis purposes.
Grouping individual participants according to their change profile (e.g. positive, negative, no change) and performing analyses on predictors of a particular direction of change, as exemplified in Slesnick 2007/08 , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET described below, would seem to be a particularly useful form of analysis. The value of such analyses is evident, particularly in the context of psychosocial interventions with heterogeneous, non‐clinical populations (Lipsey 2000), and can usefully complement interpretations based on group level mean scores and standard deviations.
Among the included studies, Slesnick 2005 , Slesnick 2009 EBFT and Slesnick 2009 FFT stand out positively in terms of their comparative research design (replicating the same intervention with two different populations, comparing two different interventions) as well as their comprehensive and longitudinal outcome evaluations, combined with statistical analyses of potentially moderating factors (including both demographic variables and process factors such as treatment attendance). However, these studies did not report on qualitative process evaluation, and analyses as well as outcome measures used or reported were not entirely consistent across studies. For example, different portions of the data (sometimes combining data from two studies) are subject to highly varied types of analyses, which are reported across several publications (e.g. Slesnick 2006; Slesnick 2006c) and are not always cross‐referenced. Moreover, discrepancies between individual and composite analyses are not discussed. Professor Slesnick has directed several large projects measuring varied outcomes, reportedly including process factors not included in analyses published so far (Slesnick 2012), and future research publications might address current gaps in the data. However, we were not able to confirm whether any of the studies were ongoing.
Interpretation of results
Analyses usually were based on mean scores and standard deviations of participant scores on a particular scale. Most studies reported findings in terms of statistical significance or non‐significance. Despite utilising several clinical scales, investigators provided little discussion around the clinical significance of particular scores, with the exception of Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA , Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT and Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET. Furthermore, no attempts were made to evaluate outcomes within real‐life contexts or subjective perspectives of study participants in any of the included studies. For some measurement tools (e.g. delinquency scales), little information was available, making interpretation of results difficult. Outcome scores were also not compared with those of not street‐connected populations, although some studies (e.g. Milburn 2012) did offer such comparisons for baseline scores. Finally, as recognised by several authors, ambiguity of findings within this study population highlights the need for more extensive qualitative and quantitative process evaluations to help explain and interpret results. Evaluations need to go beyond mere assessment of service‐user satisfaction.
Potential biases in the review process
The three studies included at update stage in 2015 (Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET; Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET) did not include SAU conditions, and none of the included studies included no treatment control groups. For the purposes of this review, at update, in each of these studies, the intervention deemed by review authors closest to SAU conditions in the original studies was selected as the comparator. It was agreed with the Cochrane Editorial Unit that it is reasonable to consider these studies comparable, given that SAU is also an intervention, but that the possible source of bias should be highlighted, In consideration of this, sensitivity analyses were performed with all new studies to assess the impact of the absence of SAU and the comparison between several interventions on study results. Results of the sensitivity analysis at update seemed to show benefit for the control group when new studies were included, along with a smaller overall effect. One possible reason for this may have been that the 'control' groups in these studies were split between different intervention groups, potentially explaining the reduced weight attributed to these studies in the meta‐analysis.
Agreements and disagreements with other studies or reviews
Our literature search identified two relevant reviews with inclusion criteria sufficiently similar to those of the current review (Altena 2010; Slesnick 2009). However, these reviews also included non‐randomised studies and studies without a control group. Nine of the 13 studies included in the current review were included in Slesnick 2009 (Baer 2007; Cauce 1994; Hyun 2005; Peterson 2006; Rew 2007; Rotheram‐Borus 2003; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT), and five in Altena 2010 (Baer 2007; Cauce 1994; Hyun 2005; Peterson 2006; Slesnick 2007/08). Studies included in the current review but not in either of the other two reviews were and Milburn 2012. Similar to Altena 2010, we did not identify relevant studies from LMICs. The broad conclusions of the current review are consistent with those presented in Altena 2010 and Slesnick 2009.
We also agree with the overall conclusions provided in Naranbhai 2011, which included three studies overlapping with this review (Rotheram‐Borus 2003; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2007/08). Ross 2006 identified only two studies with street‐connected children and youth in LMICs. These studies, similar to the Ross 2006 review, had a primarily HIV/AIDS prevention focus and therefore were not considered for inclusion in this review. With regard to substance use outcomes, we concur with the conclusions presented in Xiang 2013.
Authors' conclusions
Implications for practice.
This review did not identify studies that could be included from low‐ and middle‐income countries, which were the original focus of the review. Most included studies focused on secondary outcomes specified in our protocol that were associated with harm reduction in areas such as substance use.
In most studies, outcomes were similar for intervention and control groups. Thus, decisions on preferred mode of practice must rest on other considerations, such as feasibility, economic effectiveness, service user preference, long‐term sustainability, and so forth. However, control interventions, including usual services, in the included studies described high levels of intervention quality. It is no surprise that positive effects for some outcomes were more pronounced for interventions targeting needs not covered by service as usual (e.g. involvement of families for young people residing in a runaway shelter).
It is unclear to what extent the types of interventions included in this review are generally available to street‐connected populations in the relevant countries or localities, and how representative they are of the most common types of interventions offered by service providers. As most were delivered by relatively highly qualified professionals (e.g. counsellors, therapists), we may assume that they are not likely to be integrated into typical service provision. Although family‐oriented therapy appeared partially effective with certain newly homeless or runaway populations (Milburn 2012; Slesnick 2005; Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT), referral to mainstream services may not be as effective as delivery of the intervention in collaboration with a service setting such as a shelter or drop‐in service. Cost and feasibility evaluations must take this into account.
In many contexts, the finding that in most cases the therapeutic intervention did not produce better results than service as usual might assist planning and development of policy and service delivery.
Implications for research.
Although most studies included in the review were grounded in a well‐defined theoretical framework, these studies were commonly the first of their kind to test a particular intervention or outcome measure in the context of street‐connected children and youth. In this respect, all studies reviewed provide valuable indicators for future research and demonstrate that some specialised interventions are both viable and, in some respects, effective when applied to certain subpopulations of street‐connected children and youth (especially runaways with connections to their families). However, many study designs appeared to be determined, above all, by theoretical literature on the particular type of intervention employed in response to a set of narrowly defined problems (e.g. substance abuse). In contrast, the findings of our review suggest that characteristics of the study population and other process factors may be more relevant for achieving positive outcomes than technical or theoretical underpinnings of an intervention.
All included studies were conducted in high‐income countries. Across all socio‐economic and cultural contexts, more research that includes control groups not in receipt of services is needed, as is research focusing on street‐recruited as opposed to agency‐recruited populations. Further, we found no evidence that service as usual conditions had been robustly evaluated; therefore, a key recommendation for further research is that such services in all geographical locations should be evaluated in comparison with no active intervention. Additional process evaluation data, in particular as regards the nature of engagement or motivational strategies, would add considerably to understanding within the field.
The nature of control conditions in future research needs to be adequately captured and reported. In addition, it may be useful to employ a research instrument that will provide adequate comparative data on participants' experiences of intervention and control conditions.
Overall, on the basis of our findings, we encourage research that is more directly guided by characteristics and concerns of the research population in question, and that builds on findings from previous and ongoing research involving participation of street‐connected children and youth, including qualitative research literature. For example, more creative thinking is needed around the conceptualisation and measurement of relevant outcomes for interventions given to this study population. Researchers should also attempt to provide a clear theoretical and methodological rationale for the outcomes selected for measurement. If standard outcomes are measured, use of standardised tools comparable with those used in other studies would positively contribute to the accumulation of research evidence.
With this heterogeneous study population, calculating the percent of participants who improved on a particular outcome, as opposed to the percent who deteriorated or remained unchanged, would seem a potentially useful way of analysing findings. Finally, more attention should be paid to analyses of potential demographic confounders and process factors, given the complex nature of psycho‐social interventions in varied contexts. Considerable gaps remain in our understanding of the relationship between contextual factors, interventions and outcomes. Logic models such as those developed in this review (Figure 1 and Figure 2) and existing qualitative and quantitative research on street‐connected children and youth (e.g. Ferguson 2007; Karabanow 2008) could aid researchers in clarifying their conceptual frameworks in this regard.
We strongly recommend resourcing of robust evaluations in LMICs to ensure that the evidence base in this area is representative. We also suggest that the Cochrane Public Health Review Group consider carefully their utility of further updates to this review until more evidence from LMICs is available for inclusion.
What's new
Date | Event | Description |
---|---|---|
30 March 2016 | Amended | Information clarifying studies added with last update (Jan 2016) |
History
Protocol first published: Issue 4, 2012 Review first published: Issue 2, 2013
Date | Event | Description |
---|---|---|
10 January 2016 | New citation required but conclusions have not changed | Conclusions not changed |
2 April 2015 | New search has been performed | Review updated |
28 February 2013 | Amended | Kirstin Mitchell (Review Advisory Group member) added to Acknowledgement section |
Acknowledgements
Thanks are due to the advisory group members who contributed their wisdom to the development of the original protocol: Sarah Thomas de Benitez, Harriot Beazley, Nicole Howard, Christopher Hands, Petra Englebrecht, Anna‐mai Estrella, Angeles Fiallo Montero, Claudia Stoicescu, Joe Walker, Louise Meincke, Damon Barrett and Kirstin Mitchell.
Thanks also to Tamara Rader from the Campbell Collaboration International Development Co‐ordinating Group and the Cochrane Musculoskeletal Group for assistance in developing the search strategy, and to Jodie Doyle of the Cochrane Public Health Group for assistance with the process.
Acknowledgements are due to authors of the original review, as follows: Manuela Thomae contributed to drafting the protocol, Mirella MS Veras (MV) contributed to refining the search and providing relevant Portuguese language terms, was closely involved in detailed screening of Spanish and Portuguese language texts retrieved in the search and contributed to data extraction. Kabita Chakraborty (KC) contacted organisations and NGOs in the field for unpublished data and made a contribution to screening, as well as to extrapolation and discussion. Holly Harris contributed to screening, data extraction and mapping of the original review, as well as to extrapolation and writing of the Discussion section. Anne Martin (AM) contributed to data extraction and to final production of the original completed review.
Thanks are also due to Jean Paul Boddu of Madras Christian College for assistance with screening, and to Jenny Witherden of Canterbury Christ Church University for assistance with institutional project management.
This project was supported by the National Institute for Health Research, via Cochrane Incentive Award funding to the authorship group. The views and opinions expressed therein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the systematic Reviews Programme, NIHR, NHS or the Department of Health.Â
Appendices
Appendix 1. Descriptive map of studies
Interventions for promoting reintegration and reducing harmful behaviour and lifestyles in street‐connected children and young people
Report on internal descriptive map (relates to original review; not updated in 2015)
Methods
The original search for the systematic review was broad based and inclusive and retrieved 15,995 unique references. These were screened by two people into the following categories: Effectiveness study: probability of inclusion, Evaluation study with other study designs, Ethnography or other qualitative studies, Excluded: related to street children but not evaluating effectiveness, Narrative Review, Excluded: not related with street children, Non‐English language studies. Fifty‐seven studies were coded by one or both reviewers as ‘Effectiveness study: probability of inclusion’. For the mapping exercise, full text was obtained for all of these, where available. In addition, non‐English language studies and forty references identified through narrative reviews were evaluated according to the same categories. As a result, six more studies (seven references) were added to the mapping.
The research team developed a pilot coding scheme with 50 coding categories which was implemented using SPSS to describe and categorise the studies. This framework was based on the conceptual thinking underlying the street children review and explicated in the review protocol. Thus codes included study location, income status of country, age, gender, religion, ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation status, numbers of participants, study design, objectives, and intervention details. The criteria for in the mapping exercise were otherwise the same as in the main review, but a broader range of study designs (e.g. cross‐sectional, 1‐group pretest‐posttest) were included.
Sixty references were included in the mapping exercise and full text was sought for all of them. The majority were published journal articles. Out of the sixty publications reviewed by full text, 23 were excluded on various grounds, e.g. for not focusing on street children or not evaluating outcomes (full text was unavailable for three of these references). Five studies were associated with two references, bringing the total number of studies considered for mapping to fifty‐five. Eleven of these studies (12 references) were included in the review.
Two of the mapped studies (three references) did not report on outcomes, but were deemed relevant for the mapping since they pertain to LMI countries and included useful process evaluation (these studies are excluded from the frequency analysis). One of these reports on a qualitative cross‐regional comparison study, and the other provides an overview of an HIV/AIDS prevention programme for street youth in Uganda.
The following overview draws on a statistical frequency analysis of the remaining thirty studies (34 references). More detailed data, including missing values where relevant, are available in tables from the authors. Numbers in brackets refer to the number of studies.
Dates
The included publications were published between 1985 and 2012, with the majority being published from 2001 onwards, and the highest number of studies (6) published in 2007, including two out of the three MIC studies included in the map. The third MIC study was published in 2010.
Countries and regions
Out of the total of thirty studies included in the map, twenty‐seven were conducted in high income (HI) countries and three in middle income (MI) countries[1] (two in Africa and one in Latin America). The only relevant study from a low income (LI) country is the study from Uganda mentioned above. The overwhelming majority of the studies (22) were conducted in the USA. Other study countries were Canada (2), Australia, Brazil, Egypt, Korea, Nigeria and UK (one study in each).
Age groups
Approximately half of the studies (16) examined children and young people in the 11‐24 age‐group (of these, two studies only described the average age of participants). Seven studies looked at the age‐group between 11 and 18, two studies at participants aged 15‐18 and one study at participants aged 11‐14. Only four studies included children under the age of 10, two of these being studies of homeless families with children in HI countries. Two out of the three MIC studies recruited participants in the 11‐24 age‐group, while one Egyptian intervention was aimed at boys aged 7‐15.
Demographic data and equities
The majority of the studies (27) reported a mixed sample of males and females. One US study had an all‐female sample, and two studies (one Korean and one Egyptian) only included street‐connected boys.
Seven studies did not indicate ethnic minority status for participants. The majority of studies conducted in HI countries, especially in the USA, reported on demographic data and included participants of various ethnic backgrounds.
Data on sexual orientation of participants were reported in five studies. Data on disability status was not reported in any study.
Study design
The majority (27) of the studies included in this map (aside from the two excluded from the current analysis) were quantitative, while three employed mixed methods. We classified eight studies as randomised controlled trials, two as controlled before and after studies, and one as a quasi‐randomised trial. All of these studies were conducted in HICs (see Table 1 below) and were included in the review following further screening against criteria specified in the review protocol.
Types of control groups ranged from those receiving treatment/ services as usual (SAU) (11)[2], to groups receiving no treatment/ unspecified SAU (4)[3], or a comparison or control group receiving an alternate form of treatment (3)[4]. Four studies included a comparison group from a different setting[5].
Reasons for excluding studies from the review are summarised in the Characteristics of excluded studies table in the review. A common reason was the lack of a comparable control group, e.g. due to selection bias. Nine studies did not include any control or comparison group [6] and were thus excluded from the review.
Longest follow‐up points ranged from less than three months (7) to 3 months (4), 5 months (1), 6 months (4), 9 months (1) one year (5) and over one year (4). Relevant data was unavailable for four studies.
Intervention type
The most typical type of intervention was multi‐component (15), e.g. consisting of an educational, health and counselling or other type of intervention. The next most common type of intervention was focused on HIV/ AIDS education (4). Other interventions were therapeutic (5), focusing on sexual health (3), drug and alcohol abuse (2), or educational (1). Process factors regarding aspects of delivery of the interventions, were highlighted in approximately half of the studies.
Outcomes
A range of outcomes were measured in the studies. For MI countries, the most commonly measured were education and empowerment. Also measured in these studies were family reintegration, reduced risk behaviours, mental health outcomes and employment, all of which are relevant to the review.
Concluding remarks
The map highlights a paucity of robust evaluations conducted in low and middle income countries. Even within HIC evaluations, some do not utilise robust methods. Where evaluations are conducted in LMICs the study designs tend towards the more observational. Intervention types evaluated vary, and many are multi‐component, although there is consistent focus on addressing reintegration and welfare promotion related factors. However, it should be noted that due to imbalance in the evidence base regarding studies from these countries, the sample we are describing is small. Future research needs to address this gap in knowledge with more evaluated intervention studies that acknowledge the specific socio‐economic conditions of HI, MI and LI countries.
Reference
Bragge P ; Clavisi O ; Turner T; Tavender E ; Collie A ; Gruen R (2011) The ‘Global Evidence Mapping Initiative: Scoping research in broad topic areas’ BMC Medical Research Methodology 11, 1 rec.no 92 Issn:14712288
[1] As defined by the World Bank
[2] Baer 2007n, Cauce 1994n Ferguson 2007/08, Hyun 2005n, Milburn 2012n, Rotheram‐Borus 2003n, Slesnick 2005n, Slesnick 2007/08n, Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slensick 2009 FFTn, Upshur 1985, Wurzbacher 1991
[3] Booth 1999, Olley 2007, Peterson 2006n, Rew 2007n
[4] Beharie 2011, Davey 2001, Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFTn
[5] Gleghorn 1997, Sears 2001, Thompson 2002, Upshur 1985
[6] Auerswald 2006, Barber 2005, Dalton 2002, Haley 1998, Hosny 2007, Schram 1991, Scivoletto 2010, Steele 2001/03, Stewart 2009
n = included in review
Appendix 2. Change scores
We calculated the change scores by subtracting mean scores at the relevant time point from mean scores at baseline. Directions of the change are explained in the text. They were calculated for all outcome items and time‐points included in the meta‐analysis. Further, ‘longer term’ change scores were calculated for these items at the longest follow‐up point not included in the meta‐analysis.
For outcome items not included in the meta‐analysis (see Appendix 3 for a list of these outcome items by study), change scores were similarly calculated using relevant time points (where raw data was available) or the longest follow‐up point (where only percentage data were available). These scores are presented separately under relevant subsections below.
P‐value and F‐values for some of these trends can be found in the relevant studies. However, it was beyond the scope of this review to confirm or calculate these values for each of the outcome items discussed here. For the sake of consistency, we have chosen not to refer to the values reported by study authors.
Secondary outcomes
The numbering of the outcome categories follows the numbering in Effects of interventions. The sub‐outcomes are numbered in the order they appear here.
1. Safer or reduced sexual activity
1.a Number of times had sex in last 90 days (3 & 6 months)
Change scores: 3 months: Milburn 2012: 0.56 (intervention), 1.38 (control). Slesnick 2007/08: 0.02 (intervention), ‐0.05 (control). 6 months: Milburn 2012: 3.26 (intervention), 0.23 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 0.08 (intervention), ‐0.24 (control). The changes show mixed patterns but overall are marginal to small.
Longer term change scores. Number of times had sex in last 90 days: Milburn 2012: 12 months: 4.39 (intervention), ‐0.53 (control). The figures appear to be in benefit of the control group, although the validity of this measure in indicating high‐risk behaviour is unclear.
1.b Number of sexual partners in last 90 days (3 & 6 months)
Change scores: 3 months: Milburn 2012: 0.15 (intervention), 0.22 (control). Slesnick 2007/08: ‐0.05 (intervention), ‐0.09 (control). 6 months: Milburn 2012: ‐0.25 (intervention), ‐0.06 (control). Slesnick: ‐0.11 (intervention), ‐0.19 (control). The changes appear marginal in all groups.
Longer term change scores. Number of sexual partners in last 90 days: Milburn 2012: 12 months: ‐0.36 (intervention), 1.02 (control). The figures appear to be in benefit of the control group. Among significant intervention effects in this study, this trend shows the most divergent long‐term pattern between intervention and control groups.
In Milburn 2012, an unexpected result was that while the (already low) number of partners differentially reduced in the intervention group, for number of times had sex there was a reversal in trends at 6 months: compared to the 3 month scores, the mean increased 5.8 times in the intervention group, and reduced 6 times in the control group. These data are difficult to interpret but may mean that intervention participants had fewer partners but had sex more often. In terms of this review, fewer partners may entail less risk so this may be seen as a positive result.
1.c Unprotected sex/ condom use
In Slesnick 2007/08, change scores for condom use frequency (self/ partner) were: 3 months: 0.16 (intervention), 0.24 (control). 6 months: 0.15 (intervention), 0.05 (control). Total scores on the condom attitude scale (Slesnick 2007/08) were not available.
Longer term change scores: Milburn 2012: 12 months: Percentage of participants who had had unprotected sex in last 3 months: 2.3 (intervention), 0.9 (control).
In Slesnick 2007/08, the changes appear marginal. In Milburn 2012, the longer term figures appear to favour the control group.
1.d Other sexual risk behaviour
In Slesnick 2007/08: Raw numbers were not available for these outcome items. So we calculated change scores at 6 months for percentage of participants who had had sex with more than one partner within 24h: 1.11 (intervention), ‐5.75 (control). Percentage of participants had had sex with high‐risk sex partners in last 3 months: ‐2.6 (intervention), ‐4.25 (control). Percentage of participants had engaged in anal sex in last 3 months: ‐2.36 (intervention), ‐5.14 (control). Percentage of participants had engaged in casual sex in last 3 months: ‐10.19 (intervention), ‐12.54 (control). Percentage of participants had engaged in survival sex in last 3 months: 0.6 (intervention), ‐8.3 (control).
Notably the above figures suggest that control group participants had reduced risky behaviours considerably more than intervention participants on several outcome items. In particular, for percentage of participants who had had sex with more than one partner within 24h, the figure increased in the intervention group but reduced in the control group (see also the last outcome item, although total numbers of participants for this were small). These figures suggest that the comparison intervention may have been more efficient for this outcome category.
Longer term change scores: Milburn 2012: 12 months: Percentage of participants who had had sex in last 3 months: ‐4.9 (intervention), 1.9 (control). As the authors maintain, fewer participants in the intervention group appear to have initiated sexual relations over the duration of the study. In the control group there was a marginal increase. According to the figures, on average less than half of participants in either group had had sex in the last 3 months (no SD available).
2. Safer or reduced substance use (e.g. reduced sharing of injecting equipment).
2.a Number of days of alcohol use in last 30 days (1 & 3 months)
Change scores: 1 month: Baer 2007: ‐1.9 (intervention), ‐1.3 (control), Peterson 2006: ‐1.16 (intervention), ‐1.2 (control). 3 months: Baer 2007: ‐1.1 (intervention), ‐1.9 (control); Peterson 2006: ‐1.47 (intervention), ‐3.09 (control). The changes were similar in all groups, showing only a marginal reduction in number of days of alcohol use. The largest reduction was in the control group in Peterson 2006.
2.b Percentage days of alcohol use in last 90 days (3, 6 & 12 months)
Change scores: 3 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐2.04 (intervention), ‐1.22 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: ‐15.0 (EBFT intervention), ‐18.0 (FFT intervention), ‐8.0 (control). Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐8.2 (MET), ‐4.7 (CRA), ‐2.29 (CM). 6 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐18.94(EBFT), ‐17.04 (control); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐6.31 (CRA), ‐0.53 (CM), ‐10.5 (MET). 12 months:Slesnick 2005: ‐0.95 (intervention), ‐1.59 (control). Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐8.45 (CRA), ‐3.05 (CM), ‐7.76 (MET).
Percentage days of alcohol use was reduced across all groups, but the largest reduction was in both intervention groups in Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT at 3 months, while the figures for Slesnick 2005 appear to favour the control group at 12 months.
Longer term change scores: Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐26 (EBFT intervention), ‐20 (FFT intervention), ‐10 (control).
Overall the trends are similar to above, with reductions across the groups, particularly in the family therapy intervention groups.
Milburn 2012: 12 months: Times used alcohol: ‐6.16 (intervention), ‐0.82 (control). This appears to represent a benefit in favour of the intervention group. Accurate data for percentage of participants who used alcohol (intervention) was not available.
In Baer 2007, change scores for number of days of abstinence in last 30 days were: 1 month: 3.7 (intervention), 6.4 (control). 3 months: 2.7 (intervention), 6.0 (control). These figures appear to favour the control group.
2.c Number of standard drinks in last 90 days (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 5.31 (EBFT intervention), 5.16 (FFT intervention), 0.18 (control). The number of standard drinks reduced for both intervention groups, but only marginally for the control group.
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐7.37 (EBFT intervention), ‐6.24 (FFT intervention), ‐0.13 (control). The trend is similar to above.
In Peterson 2006, change scores at 1 month for number of standard drink units in last 30 days were ‐5.51 (intervention), ‐7.89 (control). The trends appear similar, with a slightly larger reduction in the control group. 3‐month data were not available. Data for number of days of binge drinking in last 30 days were also not available.
2.d Adolescent Drinking Index score (3 months)
Change scores: ‐2.36 (Slesnick 2009 EBFT),‐ 6.9 (Slesnick 2009 FFT), ‐2.34 (control). The ADI score reduced in all groups, most significantly in the FFT intervention group.
Longer term change scores: 15 months: ‐12.91 (Slesnick 2009 EBFT), ‐11.42 (Slesnick 2009 FFT), ‐8.69 (control).
The differences between the groups appear small but all show an overall reduction in the ADI score.
In Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP, change scores for alcohol use were: ‐22.7% (AM), ‐19.6% (HHP). The definition used in the scale is unclear.
2.e Percentage days of alcohol/ drug use in last 90 days (3,6 & 12 months)
Change scores: 3 months: Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: ‐10 (EBFT intervention), ‐28 (FFT intervention), ‐13 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET were: ‐15.49 (EBFT), ‐2.5 (CRA), ‐10.73 (MET). 6 months: Slesnick 2007/08: ‐24 (intervention), ‐10 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: ‐14.75 (EBFT), ‐10.25 (CRA), ‐15.26 (MET). 12 months: Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: ‐11.57 (EBFT), ‐8.19 (CRA), ‐16.55 (MET).
The percentage of days of alcohol or drug use reduced in all groups.
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐31 (EBFT intervention), ‐30 (FFT intervention), ‐5 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: 24 months: ‐3.41 (EBFT), ‐0.88 (CRA), ‐7.78 (MET).
There were reductions in all groups, but comparatively smaller in the CRA intervention group.
In Cauce 1994, change scores at 3 months for substance abuse were: ‐3.4 (intervention). ‐5.3 (control), indicating slightly more change in the control group.
2.f Percentage days of only/ any drug use (excl. alcohol or tobacco) in last 90 days (3, 6 & 12 months)
Change scores:3 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐20.31 (intervention), ‐15.1 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: ‐12 (EBFT intervention), ‐19 (FFT intervention), ‐8 (control). Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐22.69 (MET), ‐5.16 (CRA), ‐6.09 (CM). 6 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐18.94 (intervention), ‐17.04 (control). Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐20 (MET), ‐17.56 (CRA), ‐11.55 (CM). 12 months: Slesnick 2005 ‐28.94 (intervention), ‐20.26 (control). Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐19.15 (MET), ‐18.59 (CRA), ‐9.17 (CM).
Longer term change scores: Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐23 (EBFT intervention), ‐23 (FFT intervention), 2 (control). These data appear impressive and the authors claim benefit, however, due to the lack of information on error or deviation from the mean, they should be treated with caution, and as indicators only.
In Slesnick 2005, (MOVED ABOVE) Percentage days used tobacco in last 90 days: 3 months: ‐8.63 (intervention), ‐5.55 (control). 6 months: ‐1.45 (intervention), ‐3.44 (control). 12 months: 0.39 (intervention), ‐7.27 (control). Percentage days used cocaine in last 90 days: 3 months: ‐1.63 (intervention), ‐4.82 (control). 6 months: ‐2.89 (intervention), ‐5.01 (control). 12 months: ‐2.8 (intervention), ‐5.94 (control). Percentage days used opiates in last 90 days: 3 months: ‐0.9 (intervention), 0.43 (control). 6 months: ‐1.74 (intervention), ‐0.64 (control). 12 months: ‐2.08 (intervention), ‐0.87 (control).
These findings are very mixed, which may partially reflect the fact that use of different substances is being assessed in each category, and thus potentially different participants. For some of these, there appeared to be significant baseline differences. The authors claim some benefits which are partially supported by these data, but without great certainty, in view of the missing standard deviation/error data. The data also suggest some benefits for control groups, especially for tobacco and cocaine use.
2.g Number of categories of drug use in last 90 days (6 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2005:‐ 0.38 (intervention), ‐0.81 (control); Slesnick 2007/08: ‐1.14 (intervention), ‐0.85 (control). The changes were marginal across all groups.
Longer term change scores: Slesnick 2005: 12 months: ‐0.88 (intervention), ‐1.41 (control)
A slightly larger reduction is suggested in the control group.
2.h Number of days of marijuana use in last 30 days (1 & 3 months)
Change scores: 1 month: Baer 2007: ‐3.7 (intervention), ‐6.1 (control), Peterson 2006: ‐2.16 (intervention), ‐1.77 (control). 3 months: Baer 2007: ‐2.6 (intervention), ‐5.9 (control); Peterson 2006:‐ 3.94 (intervention), ‐4.44 (control). The number of days of marijuana use reduced across all groups. The largest reductions were for the control groups at both time‐points in Baer 2007 and at 3 months in Peterson 2006.
In Slesnick 2005, change scores for percentage days used marijuana in last 90 days were: 3 months: ‐17.92 (intervention), ‐12.58 (control). 6 months: ‐15.39 (intervention), ‐14.59 (control). 12 months: ‐25.65 (intervention), ‐16.96 (control). There were reductions in both groups at both time points but changes were slightly larger in the intervention group.
In Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP, change scores for marijuana use were: ‐18.2 (AM), ‐14.6% (HHP). The definition used in the scale is unclear.
Longer term change scores: Milburn 2012: 12 months: Percentage of participants who used marijuana: ‐10.8 (intervention), ‐22.8 (control). Times used marijuana: 0.88 (intervention), ‐5.19 (control). Both figures appear to be in favour of the control group.
2.i Number of days of illicit drug use other than marijuana in last 30 days (1 & 3 months)
Change scores: 1 month: Baer 2007: ‐2.3 (intervention), ‐3.0 (control), Peterson 2006: ‐1.42 (intervention), ‐0.71 (control). 3 months: Baer 2007: ‐2.8 (intervention), ‐2.3 (control); Peterson 2006: ‐1.37 (intervention), ‐0.29 (control). The number of days of other drug use reduced across all groups. In Baer 2007, the changes for the two groups were similar. In Peterson 2006, the reduction was larger in the intervention group.
In Peterson 2006, change scores for 'summed drug use other than marijuana' were: 1 month: ‐2.94 (intervention, 0.34 (control). 3 months: ‐4.53 (intervention), ‐1 (control). These appear to favour the intervention group, though at 3 months there was a reduction in both groups.
Longer term change scores: Milburn 2012: 12 months: Percentage of participants who used hard drugs: ‐8.8 (intervention), ‐9.8 (control). Times used hard drugs: ‐2.3 (intervention), ‐1.34 (control). The first figures indicate a similar change in both groups, whilst the second indicates a larger reduction in the intervention group.
2.j Number of problem consequences (3 & 6 months)
Change scores: 3 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐1.14 (intervention), ‐1.78 (control); Slesnick 2009: ‐1.44 (EBFT intervention), ‐2.08 (FFT intervention), ‐3.66 (control). 6 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐2.15 (intervention), ‐2.25 (control); Slesnick 2007/08: ‐2.33 (intervention), ‐1.74 (control). The number of problem consequences reduced across all groups. The reduction was relatively larger in the control group at 3 months in Slesnick 2009.
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2005: 12 months: ‐2.58 (intervention), ‐3.04 (control). Slesnick 2009: ‐2.92 (EBFT intervention), ‐2.95 (FFT intervention), ‐2.73 (control).
The figures indicate similar reductions across all groups.
2.k Number of substance use diagnoses (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: ‐0.78 (EBFT intervention), ‐1.08 (FFT intervention), ‐0.35 (control). The number of substance use diagnoses reduced marginally across all groups.
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐1.17 (EBFT intervention), ‐1.23 (FFT intervention), ‐1.58 (control).
2.l Use of injection drugs
In Slesnick 2007/08, change scores for number of people shared needles to inject drugs in last 3 months were: 3 months: ‐0.01 (intervention), ‐0.01 (control). 6 months: 0.0 (intervention), 0.0 (control). Percentage of participants who had shared needles to inject any drugs in last 3 months: 6 months: ‐0.5 (intervention), ‐0.9 (control). Percentage of participants who had injected drug use in last 3 months: 6 months: ‐3.86 (intervention), ‐3.05 (control).
The trends are similar for both groups, ranging from no change to a very small reduction in risk behaviours. The baseline levels for these outcome items were very low.
2.m Average standard ethanol content (SEC) (3, 6 & 12 months)
Chage scores: 3 months: Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐1.35 (CRA), ‐0.25 (CM), ‐0.89 (MET). 6 months: ‐2.36 (CRA), ‐1.62 (CM), ‐2.04 (MET), 12 months: Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐2.15 (CRA), ‐12.5 (CM), ‐2 (MET).
This measure was not used in any other study and we were unable to find sufficient information on this measure to assist in interpreting the results.
3. Increased use of hostel/shelter type services
In Baer 2007, the change scores for 'number of visits at drop‐in centre in last 30 days' (agency reported) were: 1 month: 0.9 (intervention), ‐0.2 (control). 3 months: ‐1.1 (intervention), ‐1.0 (control). 'Number of visits to additional services in last 30 days' (agency reported): 1 month: 0.5 (intervention), 0.0 (control). 3 months: 0.1 (intervention), ‐0.1 (control). 'Number of visits to other services in last 30 days' (youth reported) were: 1 month: ‐2.4 (intervention), ‐7 (control). 3 months: ‐3.4 (intervention), ‐8.2 (control).
The figures indicate little differences between the groups, apart from number of visit to drop‐in centre at 1 month, which may be a contingency effect (youth using drop‐in services while attending the intervention). Also, self‐reported number of visits to additional services appear to have reduced more in the control group. Overall, the intervention did not appear to increase service use.
6. Self‐esteem
Change scores: Cauce 1994: 0.2 (intervention), 0.5 (control); Hyun 2005 2.29 (intervention), 3.07 (control). The trends are similar for all groups, but largest increase in mean score for self‐esteem was in the control group in Hyun 2005.
7. Depression (BDI score) (3, 6 & 12 months)
Change scores: 3 months (/8 weeks, Hyun 2005): Cauce 1994: ‐5.1 (intervention), ‐3.7 (control); Hyun 2005: ‐5.79 (intervention), 2.38 (control); Slesnick 2005: ‐4.69 (intervention), ‐4.65 (control); Slesnick 2009: ‐4.09 (EBFT intervention), ‐5.88 (FFT intervention), ‐3.24 (control); Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET ‐6.43 (EBFT), ‐4.65 (CRA), ‐4.48 (MET); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐0.7 (CRA), ‐4.84 (CM), ‐4.56 (MET). 6 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐5.13 (intervention), ‐6.05 (control); Slesnick 2007/08: ‐8.25 (intervention), ‐3.8 (control); Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET ‐4.65 (EBFT), ‐6.87 (CRA), ‐8.94 (MET); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐3.93 (CR), ‐4.81 (CM), ‐6.99 (MET). 12 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐6.94 (intervention), ‐8.48 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: ‐5.65 (EBFT), ‐8 (CRA), ‐9.45 (MET). Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐3.14 (CR), ‐6.11 (CM), ‐7.55 (MET),
Again, the trends are similar across the studies, indicating reductions in depression scores across all groups, apart from a contrasting trend in Hyun 2005, clearly favouring the intervention. The figures for Slesnick 2007/08 also seem to favour the intervention.
In Cauce 1994, the change scores for anxious/ depressed (as measured on the YSR) were: 3 months: ‐1.7 (intervention), ‐0.9 (control), indicating no clinically significant difference between the groups and no significant change from baseline on this scale, as compared to the RADS cited above.
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐7.13 (EBFT intervention), ‐7.60 (FFT intervention), ‐4 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: 24 months: ‐5.74 (EBFT), ‐6.1 (CRA), ‐6.74 (MET).
The figures show similar reductions in all groups .
10. Reduced use of violence
10.a Verbal aggression (youth) (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2005: ‐0.19 (intervention), ‐0.14 (control); Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT : ‐0.21 (EBFT intervention),‐ 0.25 (FFT intervention), ‐0.11 (control).
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2005: 12 months: ‐0.25 (intervention), ‐0.25 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐0.23 (EBFT intervention), ‐0.36 (FFT intervention), ‐0.18 (control).
There appear to be no differences between the groups, with reduced aggression reported in all. The mean scores on this measure appear to be consistently low.
10.b Family violence (youth) (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2005: ‐0.03 (intervention), ‐0.04 (control); Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: ‐0.04 (EBFT intervention), ‐0.05 (FFT intervention), ‐0.04 (control).
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2005: 12 months: ‐0.06 (intervention), ‐0.05 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐0.07 (EBFT intervention), ‐0.06 (FFT intervention), ‐0.03 (control).
Again, there appear to be no differences between the groups, with reduced aggression reported in all. The mean scores on this measure appear very low overall.
11. Increased contact with family
Change scores: Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: ‐11.0 (EBFT intervention), ‐19 (FFT intervention), 3 (control). The control group increased their number of days living at home by three days on average, in contrast to both intervention groups who reduced it by more than one week (EBFT) and two weeks (FFT) on average.
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: 7 (EBFT intervention), 9 (FFT intervention), 27 (control).
At 15 months, all groups had increased the amount of time spent at home. However, there appears to have been a considerably larger increase in the average percentage of days living at home in the control group, compared to both intervention groups.
Other outcomes
13. Social functioning
13.a Delinquent behaviours (at 3, 6 & 12 months)
Change scores: 3 months: Cauce 1994: ‐1.4 (intervention), ‐0.7 (control); Milburn 2012: ‐1.45 (intervention), ‐1.07 (control); Slesnick 2005: ‐87.63 (intervention), ‐192.61 (control); Slesnick 2009: ‐154 (EBFT intervention), ‐151 (FFT intervention), ‐842 (control). 6 months: Milburn 2012: ‐1.55 (intervention), ‐1.09 (control); Slesnick 2005: ‐71.20 (intervention), ‐274.29 (control); Slesnick 2007/08: 10.56 (intervention), ‐29.97 (control). 12 months: Milburn 2012: ‐1.74 (intervention), ‐1.12 (control); Slesnick 2005: ‐84.43 (intervention), ‐307.8 (control).
According to these figures, there was a reduction in delinquent behaviours across all groups, with the single exception of the intervention group in Slesnick 2007/08, for whom the number of delinquent behaviours had increased at 6 months, as opposed to a reduction in the control group. Further, in the Slesnick studies, the reductions appear considerably larger in the control group, while the opposite was true in Milburn 2012 and Cauce 1994.
Little information was available for any of the scales to aid interpretation of the scores. However, in the Slesnick studies, the data were skewed and in two Slesnick studies there was considerable baseline imbalance for this outcome, with the control groups in Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT having considerably higher mean scores at baseline.
Longer term change scores. Delinquent behaviours: Slesnick 2005: 12 months: ‐84.43 (intervention), ‐307.17 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐154 (EBFT intervention), ‐159 (FFT intervention), ‐912 (control). Milburn 2012: 12 months: ‐1.74 (intervention), ‐1.12 (control).
The figures indicate reductions in all groups. The figures for Slesnick appear to favour the control group, while the figures for Milburn appear similar in both groups.
13.b Other social functioning measures
In Cauce 1994, the change scores for 'social problems' were: ‐0.4 (intervention), ‐0.1 (control), indicating marginal change in both groups.
In Slesnick 2007/08, change scores at 6 months for 'social stability', were: 28 (intervention), 7 (control). This figure appears to significantly favour the intervention. Social stability was measured in this study only on Form 90 by the percentage days in work, education, being housed, and seen for medical care.
In Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET, change scores for % days homeless (defined as 'Total number of days living homeless, or with others, no rent') were: 3 months: ‐16.09 (CRA), ‐14.5 (CM), ‐23.07 (MET). 6 months: ‐27.79 (CRA), ‐33.83 (CM), ‐45.27 (MET). 12 months: ‐44.38 (CRA), ‐40.33 (CM), ‐46.70 (MET). There appeared to be reductions across all groups, particularly at the longest follow‐up.
14. Psychological functioning
14.a Internalising problems (YSR) (at 3, 6 & 12 months)
Change scores: 3 months: Cauce 1994 2.7 (intervention), 1.8 (control); Slesnick 2005: 1.33 (intervention), 4.91 (control); Slesnick 2009: 3.44 (EBFT intervention), 3.44 (FFT intervention), 4.46 (control); Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET ‐0.2 (EBFT), ‐3.54 (CRA), ‐3.22 (MET); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: 0.41 (CRA), ‐3.15 (CM), ‐1.94 (MET). 6 months: Slesnick 2005: 3.76 (intervention), 4.64 (control); Slesnick 2007/08: 7.04 (intervention), 3.31 (control); Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: ‐3.13 (EBFT), ‐0.88 (CR), ‐5.51 (MET); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐0.76 (CRA), ‐4.14 (CM), ‐4.87 (MET). 12 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐4.64 (intervention), ‐8.43 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: ‐4.87 (EBFT), ‐5.72 (CM), ‐8.88 (MET); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐0.85 (CRA), ‐3 (CM), ‐0.33 (MET).
The figures indicate a reduction in internalising problems in all intervention and control groups at most time points. The largest reduction appeared to be in the intervention group in Slesnick 2007/08 and 'control' intervention (MET) in Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET.
In Cauce 1994, the change scores for 'Withdrawn' were: 0.3 (intervention), 0.0 (control). For 'Somatic complaints', the change scores were: ‐0.8 (intervention), ‐1 (control). The changes appear marginal.
Change scores for carer‐reported internalising problems (CBCL) in Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET were: 3 months: ‐1.32 (EBFT), ‐1.72 (CRA), ‐1.44 (MET). 6 months: ‐2.81 (EBFT), ‐1.64 (CRA), ‐2.78 (MET). 12 months: ‐3.55 (EBFT), ‐3.26 (CRA), ‐2.8 (MET). 24 months: ‐7.07 (EBFT), ‐4.02 (CRA), ‐6.21 (MET). There appear to be reductions across all groups and the largest reductions appear to occur at the longest time point.
Longer term change scores. Internalising problems: Slesnick 2009: 15 months: ‐6.09 (EBFT intervention), ‐5.96 (FFT intervention), ‐5.5 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: 24 months: ‐6.01 (EBFT), ‐5.83 (CRA), ‐7.74 (MET). There appear to be reductions in all groups,
14.b Externalising problems (at 3, 6 & 12 months)
Change scores: 3 months: Cauce 1994 2.9 (intervention), 0.6 (control); Slesnick 2005: 2.31 (intervention), 6.11 (control); Slesnick 2009: 4.78 (EBFT intervention), 6.38 (FFT intervention), 6.43 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: ‐3.6 (EBFT), ‐5.29 (CRA), ‐2.73 (MET); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐0.3 (CRA), ‐2.63 (CM), 0.4 (MET). 6 months: Slesnick 2005: 4.35 (intervention), 6.62 (control); Slesnick 2007/08: 5.09 (intervention), 4.26 (control); Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: ‐6.56 (EBFT), ‐4.96 (CRA), ‐4.71 (MET); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐0.78 (CRA), ‐3.19 (CM), ‐3.06 (MET). 12 months: Slesnick 2005: ‐7.6 (intervention), ‐9.23 (control).Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET‐7.09 (EBFT), ‐9.39 (CRA), ‐8.41 (MET); Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET: ‐1.37 (CR), ‐2.96 (CM), 1.83 (MET),
The figures indicate a reduction in externalising problems in most intervention and control groups. In Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2009 EBFT, the reduction in externalising problems was larger in the control group.
Longer term change scores. Externalising problems: Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐10.52 (EBFT intervention), ‐11.11 (FFT intervention), ‐6.23 (control). Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET: 24 months: ‐7.69 (EBFT), ‐6.5 (CRA), ‐8.35 (MET).
In Cauce 1994, the change scores for attention problems were: ‐0.7 (intervention), 0.1 (control). For aggressivity, the change scores were: ‐1.5 (intervention), 0,2 (control). For problem behaviour, the change scores were: ‐0.2 (intervention), ‐0.3 (control).
Change scores for carer‐reported externalising problems (CBCL) in Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET were: 3 months: ‐3.4 (EBFT), ‐4.5 (CRA), ‐2.85 (MET). 6 months: ‐6.51 (EBFT), ‐3.9 (CRA), ‐6.34 (MET). 12 months: ‐7.49 (EBFT), ‐7.07 (CRA), ‐7.16 (MET). 24 months: ‐13.61 (EBFT), ‐9.52 (CRA), ‐10.63 (MET). There appear to be similar reductions across all groups, and as with CBCL internalising scores, the largest reductions appear to be at the longest timepoint.
14.c Number of psychiatric diagnoses (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2005: ‐0.17 (intervention), ‐0.33 (control);Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: ‐0.52 (EBFT intervention), ‐0.39 (FFT intervention), 0.46 (control). The changes for this outcome measure were marginal, indicating that some psychiatric diagnoses may be stable over time and not responsive to interventions not specifically targeted at a clinically mentally ill population.
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2005: 12 months: ‐0.63 (intervention), ‐1.04 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐1.0 (EBFT intervention), ‐0.85 (FFT intervention), ‐0.85 (control).
14.d Other psychological functioning measures
In Cauce 1994, change scores at 3 months for 'thought problems' were: ‐0.3 (intervention), 0.0 (control). Change scores for 'total problems' were: ‐3.2 (intervention), ‐1.2 (control). Change scores for 'quality of life' were: 0.2 (intervention), 0.0 (control).
Of these, the most change appears to be manifest in reductions in the scores in the 'total problems' category.
In Slesnick 2007/08, change scores at 6 months for CISS task scale ('task‐oriented coping') were: 2.41 (intervention), 1.57 (control); change scores for CISS emotion scale ('emotion‐oriented coping') were: ‐7.52 (intervention), ‐3.96 (control), and change scores for CISS avoidance scale ('avoidance‐oriented coping') were: ‐1.55 (intervention), ‐2.26 (control).
In Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET, change scores at 3 months for CISS task scale were: ‐0.89 (CRA), 0.89 (CM), 0.52 (MET); CISS emotion scale: ‐3.23 (CRA), 0,01 (CM), ‐1.15 (MET); CISS avoidance scale: 1.04 (CRA), 1.61 (CM), 1.8 (MET).
6 months: CISS task scale: ‐0.75 (CRA), ‐0.13 (CM), 1.52 (MET); CISS emotion scale: ‐3.9 (CRA), ‐4.34 (CM), ‐3.01 (MET); CISS avoidance scale: ‐1.39 (CRA), ‐0.98 (CM), 1.26 (MET)
12 months: CISS task scale:1.57 (CRA), 1.48 (CM), 2.87 (MET); CISS emotion scale: ‐1.08 (CRA), ‐2.57 (CM), ‐0.36 (MET); CISS avoidance scale: 1.95 (CRA), ‐0.28 (CM), 2.12 (MET)
The scores reported here appear to go in different directions, but the interpretation of the results is unclear since we have been unable to find further detail of the meaning of scores on this particular scale.
15. Family functioning
It should be noted that it is only one group of studies (Slesnick 2005 and Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT) that included this category of outcomes. They are all measured on a self‐report measure for which limited information was available. The data for these outcomes is mixed, generally indicating improvements in all groups in both studies. We are unable to comment on the clinical significance of the changes.
15.a Family cohesion (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2005: 0.95 (intervention), 0.32 (control); Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 1.45 (EBFT intervention), 0.72 (FFT intervention), 0.38 (control).
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2005: 12 months: 1.88 (intervention), 2.10 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: 1.68 (EBFT intervention), 1.28 (FFT intervention), 1.65 (control).
At 3 months, family cohesion appears to have improved the most in the intervention groups in both studies, particularly in Slesnick 2009 EBFT. At 12 months, family cohesion appeared to have improved similarly in all groups, again in both studies.
15.b Family conflict (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2005: ‐0.63 (intervention), ‐1.49 (control); Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT : ‐0.82 (EBFT intervention), ‐1.65 (FFT intervention),‐ 0.5 (control).
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2005: 12 months: ‐1.78 (intervention), ‐1.88 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐1.69 (EBFT intervention), ‐2.52 (FFT intervention), ‐1.3 (control).
At 3 months, family conflict appears to have reduced the most in the control group in Slesnick 2005, and the intervention group in Slesnick 2009 FFT. At 12 months, change scores appear similar for all groups, but with a greater reduction in Slesnick 2009 FFT.
15.c Parental care (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2005: 3.39 (intervention), 2.93 (control); Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT : 1.65 (EBFT intervention), 4.0 (FFT intervention), 1.0 (control).
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2005: 12 months: 4.88 (intervention), 5.62 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: 2.48 (EBFT intervention), 4.66 (FFT intervention), 2 (control).
Parental care appears to have increased in all groups, especially in Slesnick 2005, while the greatest differential impact appears to be for Slesnick 2009 FFT.
15.d Parental overprotectiveness (3 months)
Change scores: Slesnick 2005: ‐1.52 (intervention), ‐1.85 (control); Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: ‐4.35 (EBFT intervention), ‐3.14 (FFT intervention), 0.54 (control).
Longer term change scores. Slesnick 2005: 12 months: ‐4.37 (intervention), ‐4.91 (control). Slesnick 2009 EBFT; Slesnick 2009 FFT: 15 months: ‐5.26 (EBFT intervention), ‐2.5 (FFT intervention), ‐2.5 (control).
At 3 months, the figures suggest a similar trend in all groups, apart from the control group in Slesnick 2005. This was the only instance where parental overprotectiveness appears to have slightly increased. At 12 months, there was a reduction in all groups, especially both groups in Slesnick 2005, and in Slesnick 2009 EBFT.
Appendix 3. Outcome items not included in meta‐analyses
Outcome items not included in meta‐analysis were (for each study):
Baer 2007 (3 months): Number of days of abstinence (in last 30 days); number of visits at drop‐in centre (last 30 days); number of visits to additional services (last 30 days, agency reported), and number of visits to other services (last 30 days, youth reported).
Cauce 1994 (3 months): Withdrawn; Somatic complaints; Anxious/ depressed; Social problems; Thought problems; Attention problems; Aggressive; Total problems; Problem behaviour, and Quality of life.
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV; Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET (3, 6 and 12 months): Average SEC (standard ethanol content); coping styles (CISS); Percentage of homeless days; Victimization experience; HIV‐related outcomes.
Hyun 2005 (8 weeks): Self‐efficacy.
Milburn 2012 (3, 6 & 12 months): Had sex (past 3 months); Had unprotected sex (past 3 months); Used alcohol (past 3 months); Used marijuana; Used hard drugs (past 3 months), and Number of times used hard drugs (past 3 months).
Nyamathi 2012/13 AM; Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP (6 months): Drug and alcohol use; Depressive symptoms; Psychological emotional well‐being; HIV/AIDS knowledge; Hepatitis B and C knowledge.
We have summarised these data narratively, as reported by the authors.
Peterson 2006 (1 & 3 months): Number of days of binge drinking; Number of standard drink units (last 30 days), and Drug use consequences.
Rew 2007 (T1, T2, T3; up to 6 weeks): AIDS/STD knowledge; Future time perspective; Condom self‐efficacy; Self‐efficacy to perform breast/ testicular self‐examination; Assertive communication; Help‐seeking for STDs; Safe sex practices, and Risky sexual behaviour.
For these, we report p‐values as calculated by the authors. The data refer to T1‐T2, T2‐T3, and/ or T1‐T3.
Rotheram‐Borus 2003 (3, 6, 12, 18, 24 months): Number of sexual partners; Number of unprotected sex acts; Abstinence from vaginal/ anal sexual acts; Used alcohol; Used marijuana, and Number of drugs used.
For these, we report odds ratios, p‐values and confidence intervals, as calculated by the authors.
Slesnick 2005 (3, 6 & 12 months): Percentage days used tobacco; Percentage days used marijuana; Percentage days used cocaine; Percentage days used opiates; HIV knowledge and High‐risk behaviours.
Slesnick 2007/08 (3 and/ or 6 months): Percentage days of drug/ alcohol use; High‐risk behaviours, Coping styles (CISS); Social stability; HIV risk behaviour (total); Number of people shared needles to inject drugs; Number of people having sexual intercourse with; Condom use frequency (self/ partner); HIV knowledge; Injected drug use; Shared needles to inject any drugs; Engaged in casual sex; Had sex with more than one partner within 24h; Had sex with high‐risk sex partners; Engaged in anal sex; Engaged in survival sex; and Condom attitude scale total score
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT; Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET (3, 6, 9, 12, 18 and 24 months): Parent‐reported CBCL internalising and externalising problems scores.
Appendix 4. Table of scales information
Scale | Classification | Scoring | Interpretation | Source | ||||
YSR (Youth Self‐Report from CBCL, Child Behaviour Checklist) |
On the YSR activities and social scale | T scores of 31 – 35 (3rd to 7th percentiles) are considered to be in the border line range T scores below 31 (<3rd percentile) are in the clinical range |
Watson T. S & Skinner C. H. (2004) Encyclopaedia of School Psychology. Kluwer Academic/ Plunem Publishers New York |
|||||
On YSR total competence | T scores of 37 to 40 (10th – 16th percentiles) are in the borderline range T scores below 37th (<10th percentiles) are in the clinical range |
|||||||
YSR syndrome and DSM oriented |
T scores of 65 – 69 (93rd to 97th percentiles) are in the borderline range T scores above 69(>97th percentiles) are in the clinical range |
|||||||
For total problems internalising and externalising |
T scores of 60 – 63 (84th – 90th percentiles) are in the borderline T scores above 63 (>90th percentiles) are in the clinical range |
|||||||
Form 90, Project Match (percent days of use) |
Blood alcohol concentration (BAC) |
0‐60mg% ‐ low tolerance 61‐ 120mg%‐ medium tolerance 120‐ 180mg% ‐ High tolerance 181mg% + ‐ very high tolerance |
Higher scores on these scales are associated with greater risk and severity of alcohol related problems. The higher the projected BAC the higher the individual’s tolerance | Motivational therapy manual; a Clinical Research Guide for Therapists Treating Individuals with Alcohol Abuse and Dependence. US Department of Health and Human Services | ||||
Other drug risks |
Any use of cocaine or crack Or any use of heroine, methadone or other opiates Or frequent use (more than 3 months of at least once per week) of any other drug class except tobacco: Marijuana, hash, THC; Amphetamines, stimulants, diet pills; Tranquillizers, Barbiturates |
HIGH RISK |
||||||
Any lifetime non prescription use, but not frequent use (i.e. 3 months or less weekly use) of any drug class except tobacco, opiates or cocaine: Marijuana, hash, THC; Amphetamines, stimulants, diet pills; Tranquillizers, Barbiturates |
MEDIUM RISK |
|||||||
No use of other drugs (code= 0 for all 10 drug classes except tobacco) |
LOW RISK |
|||||||
Conflict Tactic Scale |
Prevalence Frequency: Severity and mutuality |
Indication of one or more of the acts in the scale have been committed No of times the act has occurred None, minor or severe Severity of violence is also measured by the frequency of the acts and by whether an injury results |
Because even one instance of physical assault is a behaviour that calls for remedial steps, a basic clinical assessment indicates whether there is a score of 1 or higher on the physical assault scale |
Straus, Murray A. 2007. "Conflict Tactics Scales." Pp. 190 ‐ 197 in Encyclopedia of Domestic Violence, N. A. Jackson. New York: outledge: Taylor & Francis Group. |
||||
Family Environment Scale |
1. Family members really help and support one another. 2. We often seem to be killing time at home. 3. We put a lot of energy into what we do at home. 4. There is a feeling of togetherness in our family. 5. We rarely volunteer when something has to be done at home. 6. Family members really back each other up. 7. There is little group spirit in our family. 8. We really get along well with each other. 9. There is plenty of time and attention for everyone in our family. |
0=Mostly True and 1= Mostly False | · Reverse coding is necessary. Items 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, and 9 are reverse coded. · Responses are summed to create a total score. A higher score indicates a more cohesive family environment. |
Moos, R., & Moos, B. (2009). Family Environment Scale Manual and Sampler Set: Development, Applications and Research (Fourth Edition). Palo Alto, CA: Mind Garden, Inc. | ||||
Parental Bonding Instrument |
Care Items: 1, 5, 6, 11, 12, 17: Items: 2, 4, 14, 16, 18, 24 Overprotection Items: 8, 9, 10, 13, 19, 20, 23 Items: 3, 7, 15, 21, 22, 25 |
Very like = 3 Moderately like = 2 Moderately unlike = 1 Very unlike = 0 Very unlike = 3 Moderately unlike = 2 Moderately like = 1 Very like = 0 Very like = 3 Moderately like = 2 Moderately unlike = 1 Very unlike = 0 Very unlike = 3 Moderately unlike = 2 Moderately like = 1 Very like = 0 |
Assignment to “high” or “low” categories is based on the following cut‐off scores: For mothers, a care score of 27.0 and a protection score of 13.5. For fathers, a care score of 24.0 and a protection score of 12.5. |
Gordon Parker, Hilary Tupling And L.B. Brown, Parental Bonding Instrument (PBI) Black Dog Institute |
||||
In addition to generating care and protection scores for each scale, parents can be effectively “assigned” to one of four quadrants: |
||||||||
affectionate constraint | = high care and high protection | |||||||
optimal parenting” | = high care and low protection | |||||||
affectionless control | = high protection and low care | |||||||
neglectful parenting | = low care and low protection | |||||||
BDI (Beck Depression Index) |
depression's severity | · 0–9: indicates minimal depression · 10–18: indicates mild depression · 19–29: indicates moderate depression · 30–63: indicates severe depression |
Higher total scores indicate more severe depressive symptoms | Wikipedia, the free encyclopaedia | ||||
Health Risk Questionnaire |
Health risks |
High risk criteria |
||||||
Alcohol | > 14 drinks/week | |||||||
Blood pressure | Systolic > 139 and/or Diastolic > 89 mm Hg |
|||||||
Body weight | BMI ≥ 27.5 | |||||||
Cholesterol | Total cholesterol > 239 mg/dl |
|||||||
Existing medical problem | Heart Disease, Cancer, Diabetes, Stroke, Chronic Bronchitis/Emphysema |
|||||||
HDL cholesterol | < 35 mg/dl |
|||||||
Absent days from regular activity due to illness | > 5 days during the past year |
|||||||
Life Satisfaction | Partly satisfied or not satisfied | |||||||
Job Satisfaction | Disagree or disagree strongly | |||||||
Perception of Health | Fair or poor |
|||||||
Physical Activity | < once a week | |||||||
Safety Belt Usage | Using safety belt < 100% of time | |||||||
Smoking | Current smoker | |||||||
Stress | High (stress scale score > 18) |
|||||||
Health Age Index | Appraised Health Age – Achievable Age > 4 | |||||||
Drug Use (for relaxation) | almost every day or sometimes | Low Risk = 0 to 2 risk factors present Medium Risk = 3 to 4 risk factors present High Risk = 5 or more risk factors present |
David M. Ferriss, 2008. Health Risk Assessment (HRA) and Trend Management System™ (TMS). University of Michigan | |||||
POSIT | Substance use/ abuse (17) |
0‐17 |
Low risk | Middle risk | High risk | Lange, J. & Marques, P., Problem Oriented Screening Instrument for Teenagers. National Institute on Drug Abuse National Institutes of Health |
||
0 | 1‐6 | 7‐17 | ||||||
Physical Health (10) | 0‐10 | 0‐1 | 2‐3 | 4‐10 | ||||
Mental Health (22) | 0‐22 | 0‐4 | 5‐10 | 11‐22 | ||||
Family Relationships (11 items) | 0‐11 | 0‐1 | 2‐4 | 5‐11 | ||||
Peer Relationships (10) | 0‐10 | 0‐1 | 2‐5 | 6‐10 | ||||
Educational Status (26) | 0‐26 | 0‐5 | 6‐10 | 12‐26 | ||||
Vocational Status (18) | 0‐18 | 0‐3 | 4 | 5‐18 | ||||
Social Skills (11) | 0‐11 | 0‐2 | 3‐4 | 5‐11 | ||||
Leisure Recreation (12) | 0‐12 | 0‐3 | 4‐5 | 6‐12 | ||||
Aggressive Behaviour/ Delinquency (16) | 0‐16 | 0‐2 | 3‐9 | 10‐16 | ||||
PBS (Problem Behaviour Scale) |
Never | 1 | Point values are summed for each subscale. High scores indicate higher levels of aggressive behaviour/ delinquency | Jessor, R., & Jessor, S.L. (1977). Problem behaviour and psychological development: a longitudinal study of youth. New York: Academic Press | ||||
1‐2 times | 2 | |||||||
3‐5 times | 3 | |||||||
6‐9 times | 4 | |||||||
10‐19 times | 5 | |||||||
6‐20 or more times | 6 | |||||||
RSES (Rosenberg Self‐Esteem Scale) |
On the whole, I am satisfied with myself. | SA=3, A=2, D=1, SD=0 | The higher the score, the higher the self esteem | Rosenberg, M. (1965). Society and the adolescent self‐image. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. |
||||
At times, I think I am no good at all. | ||||||||
I feel that I have a number of good qualities. | ||||||||
I am able to do things as well as most other people. | ||||||||
I feel I do not have much to be proud of. | ||||||||
I certainly feel useless at times. | ||||||||
I feel that I’m a person of worth, at least on an equal plane with others. | ||||||||
I wish I could have more respect for myself. | ||||||||
All in all, I am inclined to feel that I am a failure. | ||||||||
I take a positive attitude toward myself. | ||||||||
LDS (Life Domains Scale) |
30 – 35 Very high score; highly satisfied | Respondents who score in this range love their lives and feel that things are going very well. Their lives are not perfect, but they feel that things are about as good as lives get. | Ed Diener, Robert A. Emmons, Randy J. Larsen and Sharon Griffin as noted in the 1985 article in the Journal of Personality Assessment. | |||||
25‐ 29 High score | Individuals who score in this range like their lives and feel that things are going well. Of course their lives are not perfect, but they feel that things are mostly good. | |||||||
20 – 24 Average score | The average of life satisfaction in economically developed nations is in this range – the majority of people are generally satisfied, but have some areas where they very much would like some improvement | |||||||
15 – 19 Slightly below average in life satisfaction | People who score in this range usually have small but significant problems in several areas of their lives, or have many areas that are doing fine but one area that represents a substantial problem for them. If a person has moved temporarily into this level of life satisfaction from a higher level because of some recent event, things will usually improve over time and satisfaction will generally move back up. |
|||||||
10 – 14 Dissatisfied | People who score in this range are substantially dissatisfied with their lives. People in this range may have a number of domains that are not going well, or one or two domains that are going very badly | |||||||
5 – 9 Extremely Dissatisfied | Individuals who score in this range are usually extremely unhappy with their current life. In some cases this is in reaction to some recent bad event such as widowhood or unemployment. In other cases, it is a response to a chronic problem such as alcoholism or addiction. |
|||||||
(Note: If we divide by the number of questions, rather than use the summed aggregate score, then the cut offs below instead should be: 6‐7 5‐6 4‐5 3‐4 2‐3 1‐2 |
*To understand life satisfaction scores, it is helpful to understand some of the components that go into most people’s experience of satisfaction. One of the most important influences on happiness is social relationships. People who score high on life satisfaction tend to have close and supportive family and friends, whereas those who do not have close friends and family are more likely to be dissatisfied | |||||||
PESQ (Personal Experience Screening Questionnaire) | Drug use problem severity (18 items) | mean score is calculated by summing up all items related to problem severity | Higher mean scores are indicative of higher chemical dependence A score in the low risk category indicates no problems with alcohol or drug use, while a score in the high risk category (1½ SD above the mean of a general school sample) suggest the need for a comprehensive chemical dependence. |
|||||
Psychosocial problem (8 items) |
PESQ includes questions considered to be indicators of stress. Items reflect emotional distress (e.g. worry a lot about things for no reason), though problems (e.g. bothered by unusual thoughts) and abuse (physical and sexual abuse) | |||||||
Drug use frequency and onset (6 items) |
||||||||
Faking tendencies (8 items) | PESQ incorporates two validity scales which measure response distortion, specifically tendencies to fake good ( defensiveness) or “fake bad’’ (infrequency) | High scores on these scales generally indicate a questionable profile and suggest the need for caution in interpreting the participant’s responses – particularly those related to problem severity. | Winters, K. C. (1992). Development of an adolescent alcohol and other drug abuse screening scale: Personal Experience Screening Questionnaire. Addictive Behaviours, 17, 479–490 |
|||||
TLFB number of days (in last 30 days, Sobell & Sobell) | Quantitative estimations of daily alcohol consumption. | TLFB provides a variety of variables and different estimations of individual consumption levels. | The TLFB involves asking clients to retrospectively estimate their daily alcohol consumption over a time period ranging from 7 days to 24 months prior to the interview. The TLFB can generate variables to portray pattern, variability, and level of drinking | |||||
FTP inventory (Heimberg 1968; not published) | 25 items on which participants respond on 1 (completely disagree) to 7 (completely agree) | The composite score is a measure of the strength of an individual’s cognitive‐motivational future time orientation | A higher score indicates a greater future orientation |
Future Orientation of Adolescents in Foster Care: Relationship to Trauma, Mental Health, and HIV Risk Behaviors. Peter Cabrera a; Wendy Auslander a; Michael Polgar a Washington University in St. Louis, Online publication date: 17 November 2009 | ||||
Self‐Esteem Inventory (Coopersmith) |
Like me: Items 2, 4, 5, 10, 11, 14, 18, 19, 21, 23, 24, 28, 29, 32, 36, 45, 47, 55, 57 |
Men | Women | To calculate the score, the number of times responses match those in the classification column is added up. To determine how the level of self‐esteem compares to that of others, find the value closest to the score in the appropriate column of the table below | Ryden, M. B. 1978. An adult version of the Coopersmith Self‐Esteem Inventory: Test‐retest reliability and social desirability. Psychological Reports 43:1189–1190. Copyright © 1978 Muriel |
|||
33 | 32 | significantly below average |
||||||
36 | 35 | somewhat below average | ||||||
Unlike me: Items 3, 7, 8, 9, 12, 15, 16, 17, 22, 25, 26, 30, 31, 33, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 58 | 40 | 39 | Average |
|||||
44 | 43 | somewhat above average | ||||||
47 | 46 | significantly above average | ||||||
Self‐Esteem Inventory (Coopersmith) Children’s version |
25 items relating to three areas, to be answered on a yes/no scale: 1. Global self‐esteem: “I can make up my mind without too much trouble,” and “I often wish I were someone else”; 2. Relations with parents, “My parents usually consider my feelings,” and “My parents expect too much of me”; 3. Relations with peers, “I’m popular with kids [of] my own age,” and “Most people are better liked than I am.” |
Self‐esteem scores are calculated from the aggregating item scores | higher scores indicate greater self‐esteem | Peter R. Hills, Leslie J. Francis and Penelope Jennings (2011) The School Short‐Form Coopersmith Self‐Esteem Inventory: Revised and Improved.Canadian Journal of School Psychology 2011 26: 62, DOI: 10.1177/0829573510397127 | ||||
SEUCS (Self‐Efficacy to Use Condom Scale) |
The SEUCS contains 17 items scored using a Likert scale that rates the degree to which respondents agree with statements that assess an individual's ability to correctly use a condom | Strongly disagree = 0 Disagree = 1 Undecided = 2 Agree = 3 Strongly agree = 4 After reversing for negatively worded items, scores are summed. |
The possible range of scores is 0–112, with higher scores indicating greater condom use self‐efficacy | Brafford, L. J. and Beck, K. H. (1991) Development and validation of a condom self‐efficacy scale for college students. Journal of American College Health, 39, 219–225. |
||||
45‐Minute interview protocol (Gruen et al) | The interview protocol is developed for the study. Gruen et al (1989) described a programme designed to optimise rapport between interviewer and subject and to minimize specific biases in this value‐laden and emotionally charged area of assessment |
Gruen RS, Calderwood M, Meyer‐Bahlburg HF, Ehrhardt AA; HIV Center for Clinical and Behavioral Studies, NY, A Psychosexual assessment in AIDS research: interviewer selection, training, and monitoring. Int Conf AIDS 1989 Jun 4‐9; 5:739 (abstract no. T.D.P.73) |
||||||
RADS (Reynolds Adolescent Depression Scale) |
30 items on the RADS weighted from 1 to 4 | 1= almost never 2= hardly ever 3 = sometimes 4= most of the time |
There is a total score range of 30 to 120 and higher scores indicate depression symptoms. A level of 77 or above indicates that clinically significant depression may be present. It is recommended that those who reach critical level in at least four of the six items that discriminate between depressed and non‐depressed adolescents should be viewed as needing professional assessment regardless of their overall score |
Milfont, T L, Merry, S., Robinson, E., Denny, S., Crengle, S., Ameratunga, S,. 2008 Evaluation the short Term of the Reynolds Adolescent Depression Scale in New Zealand Adolescents. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry; 42:950‐ 954 |
||||
Sexual Self‐Care Behaviours Scale (SSCBS) |
1 = Never 2 = Sometimes 3 = Most of the Time 4 = Always |
Possible scores on the scale range from 12 to 60, with a low score indicating good self‐care/ practice of safe sex. |
Gardner LH, Frank D, Amankwaa LI. 1998. A comparison of sexual behaviour and self‐esteem in young adult females with positive and negative tests for sexually transmitted diseases. Florida State University, School of Nursing, Tallahassee 32306‐4310, USA |
|||||
ACS (Assertive Communication Scale) |
The ACS contains five items that measures the ability to be assertive with sexual partners concerning the use of a condom. | 5‐point Likert scale ranging from "definitely not", "in the middle" to "definitely yes | High scores indicate the ability to be more assertive with sexual partners concerning condom use (possible range of scores is 5 to 25). | Hanna, K.M. (1999). An adolescent and young adult condom self‐efficacy scale. Journal of Pediatricpediatric /pe·di·at·ric/ (pe?de‐at´rik) pertaining to the health of children. pe·di·at·ric adj. Of or relating to pediatrics. ..... Click the link for more information. Nursing, 14, 59‐66. |
||||
Intention to Use Condoms Scale (Jemmott & Jemmott) |
1 = not at all likely 2= not likely 3= undecided 4= likely 5 = extremely likely |
Men scoring above the median were more likely to intend to use condoms in the next month. |
Harvey,S. M. andHenderson, J. T.2006. Correlates of Condom Use Intentions and Behaviours among a Community‐Based Sample of Latino Men in Los Angeles J Urban Health. 2006 July; 83(4): 558–574. |
|||||
CISS (Coping Inventory for Stressful Situations) |
This scale has 48 items, Sixteen items load on three basic subscales:1. Task‐oriented, 2. Emotion‐oriented & 3. Avoidance‐oriented coping: ‐ Distraction (eight items) ‐ Social Diversion (five items). |
rated on a five‐point Likert scale, with end‐point designations ‘Not at all’ (1) and ‘Very much’ (5) Scores are summed across each of the subscales, including distraction and social diversion |
The potential range of these scores on the Task, Emotion, and Avoidance scales is from 16 to 80. The possible range for the Distraction subscale is from 8 to 40; for Social Diversion the range is 5 to 25 Individuals who score high on Task Oriented Coping use behavioural or cognitive problem‐solving techniques when confronted with stress. Emotion Oriented Copers respond to stressful situations with emotional outbursts, self‐preoccupation, or fantasy. Avoidance Copers rely on social supports or distract themselves with other activities. Mean scores are calculated, and a higher score indicates a greater use of the coping style. |
Resilience in response to life stress: the effects of coping style and cognitive hardiness Margaret Beasley, Ted Thompson*, John Davidson School of Psychology, University of Tasmania, GPO Box 252‐30, Hobart, 7001, Tasmania, Australia Received 1 June 2001; received in revised form 18 December 2001; accepted 21 January 2002 And (Coping Inventory for Stressful Situations, Norman Endler and James Parker) |
||||
CAS (Condom Attitude Scale) | 187‐item questionnaire assessed demographic information, condom attitudes, intention to use condoms, perceived personal vulnerability to AIDS and STDs and past experiences (if any) with condoms | Intercourse‐ a scale ranging from never (1) to always (7) intention questions and condom attitude‐ scale ranging from strong disagreement (1) to strong agreement (7) all scores for negatively worded items were reversed |
high scores reflect positive attitudes toward condoms or greater intention of future condom use | Helweg‐Larsen, Marie; Collins, Barry E. 1994 The UCLA Multidimensional Condom Attitudes Scale: Documenting the complex determinants of condom use in college students American Psychological Association and the Division of Health Psychology |
||||
CDISC (Computerized Diagnostic Interview Schedule for Children) |
13 psychiatric disorders—Simple Phobia, Social Phobia, Agoraphobia, Panic Disorder, Avoidant Disorder, Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Obsessive‐Compulsive Disorder, Major Depressive Disorder, Mania, Psychotic Disorder, ADHD, Oppositional Defiant Disorder, and Conduct Disorder youth (98 items) parents (92 items) |
No (0), Yes (1), Not Applicable (8), or Don't know (9). both Not applicable and Don't know responses are rescored as No's |
The DISC generates symptoms counts and diagnoses Diagnosis variables are scored 1=meet diagnosis criteria, 0=does not meet the diagnosis criteria. Diagnosis + impairment variables are scored 1=subject has disorder and it caused some type of impairment in his/her life. 0=either did not meet the criteria, or met the criteria but had no impairment to his/her life. Finally, a criterion (or symptom) count variable is created that indicates the number of diagnostic criteria a subject met for a given disorder. |
Godwin, J. (2010). Young Adult Diagnostic Interview Schedule for Children: Youth (Technical Report) [On‐line]. Available: http://www.fasttrackproject.org/ |
||||
Self‐Efficacy Scale (Sherer et al 1982) |
17‐item scale (e.g. of items include: “When I make plans, I am certain I can make them work“, “I give up easily“, “I am a self‐reliant person“, “I avoid facing difficulties” | a 5‐point scale 1 = strongly disagree 2= Disagree, 3= Neither agree or disagree 4= Agree 5 = strongly agree |
Sum of item scores reflects general self‐efficacy. The higher the total score is, the more self efficacious the respondent. Sherer et al. developed the GSE scale to measure a general set of expectations that the individual carries into new situations |
Sherer et al General Self‐Efficacy Scale: Dimensionality, Internal Consistency, And Temporal StabilityProceedings of the Redesigning Pedagogy: Culture, Knowledge and Understanding Conference, Singapore, May 2007 |
||||
Rutgers Alcohol Problem Index (RAPI) | 23 items focus on negative consequences that the adolescents attribute to their substance, such as “kept drinking when you promised yourself not to. |
a 5‐point Likert scale Never = 0 1‐2 times = 1 3‐5 times = 2 6‐10 times = 3 more than 10 times = 4 |
High scores indicate greater difficulties with alcohol. A cut‐off score of 15 on the RAPI is used to classify the adolescents’ drinking status 15 > = heavy drinkers 15 ≤ = light drinkers and non drinkers This cut‐off score has been recommended as a relatively conservative approach to identifying “high‐consequence” drinkers so as to reduce the number of false positives in a sample |
Carla Kmett Danielson, James C Overholser, Zeeshan (2003) A Butt Association of Substance Abuse and Depression Among Adolescent Psychiatric Inpatients, Can J Psychiatry, Vol 48, No 11, December |
||||
National Youth Survey Delinquency Scale (NYSDS) |
23 items assess adolescent criminal behaviour on five subscales: 1) Total Delinquency 2) General Theft 3) Crimes Against Persons, 4) Index Offenses 5) Drug Scales. |
The NYSDS shows the prevalence and incidence of delinquent behaviour | Elliott DS. Interview schedule, National Youth Survey. Boulder, CO: Behavioral Research Institute; 1983 |
Data and analyses
Comparison 1. Safer or reduced sexual activity.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Number of times had sex ‐ 3 months | 2 | 239 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.56 [‐1.13, 0.01] |
2 Number of times had sex ‐ 6 months | 2 | 242 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.73 [‐2.97, 4.43] |
3 Number of sexual partners ‐ 3 months | 2 | 239 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.04 [‐0.25, 0.17] |
4 Number of sexual partners ‐ 6 months | 2 | 242 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.04 [‐0.22, 0.13] |
Comparison 2. Safer or reduced substance use.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Number of days used alcohol in last month ‐ 1 month | 2 | 235 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.33 [‐2.25, 1.59] |
2 Number of days used alcohol in last month ‐ 3 months | 2 | 235 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 1.10 [‐0.67, 2.88] |
3 Percent days of alcohol use in last 90 days (Form 90) ‐ 3 months | 5 | 383 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.03 [‐1.86, 1.93] |
4 Percent days of alcohol use in last 90 days (Form 90) ‐ 6 months | 3 | 295 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 1.05 [‐1.76, 3.86] |
5 Percent days of alcohol use in last 90 days (Form 90) ‐ 12 months | 3 | 304 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.63 [‐2.23, 3.48] |
6 Number of standard drinks (Form 90) ‐ 3 months | 2 | 75 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐2.87 [‐5.68, ‐0.07] |
7 Adolescent Drinking Index ‐ 3 months | 2 | 75 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 1.08 [‐4.42, 6.57] |
8 Percent days of alcohol/drug use (excl tobacco) (Form 90) ‐ 3 months | 4 | 214 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.70 [‐9.09, 7.70] |
9 Percent days of alcohol/drug use (excl tobacco) (Form 90) ‐ 6 months | 3 | 278 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐2.15 [‐9.82, 5.53] |
10 Percent days of alcohol/drug use (excl tobacco) (Form 90) ‐ 12 months | 2 | 127 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 5.87 [‐5.06, 16.79] |
11 Percent days only/any drug use (Form 90) ‐ 3 months | 5 | 384 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.67 [‐6.82, 8.15] |
12 Percent days only/any drug use (Form 90) ‐ 6 months | 3 | 295 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐2.28 [‐11.53, 6.96] |
13 Percent days only/any drug use (Form 90) ‐ 12 months | 3 | 304 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐5.28 [‐13.79, 3.23] |
14 Number of days used marijuana in last month ‐ 1 month | 2 | 235 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.52 [‐3.65, 2.62] |
15 Number of days used marijuana in last month ‐ 3 months | 2 | 235 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.37 [‐2.73, 3.47] |
16 Number of days used other drugs in last month ‐ 1 month | 2 | 204 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 1.21 [‐0.68, 3.10] |
17 Number of days used other drugs in last month ‐ 3 months | 2 | 204 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.22 [‐1.84, 2.28] |
18 Number of problem consequences ‐ 3 months | 3 | 182 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 1.51 [0.56, 2.47] |
19 Number of problem consequences ‐ 6 months | 2 | 261 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.34 [‐0.67, 1.34] |
20 Number of substance use diagnoses (CDISC) ‐ 3 months | 2 | 75 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.70 [‐1.27, ‐0.14] |
21 Number of categories of drug use (Form 90) ‐ 6 months | 2 | 261 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.14 [‐0.33, 0.61] |
Comparison 3. Self esteem.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Self esteem at endpoint | 2 | 142 | Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.11 [‐0.22, 0.44] |
Comparison 4. Depression.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Depression at 3 months | 9 | 661 | Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.03 [‐0.22, 0.17] |
2 Depression at 6 months | 6 | 586 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.83 [‐0.88, 2.55] |
3 Depression at 12 months | 5 | 441 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 1.28 [‐0.36, 2.92] |
Comparison 5. Reduced use of violence.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Verbal aggression (Conflict Tactic Scale) ‐ 3 months | 3 | 208 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.00 [‐0.07, 0.06] |
2 Family violence (Conflict Tactic Scale) ‐ 3 months | 3 | 208 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.00 [‐0.02, 0.02] |
Comparison 6. Increased contact with family.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Percent of days living at home (Form 90) ‐ 3 months | 2 | 75 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐9.46 [‐27.96, 9.03] |
Comparison 7. Social functioning.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Delinquent behaviours at 3 months | 5 | 404 | Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.29 [‐0.54, ‐0.03] |
2 Delinquent behaviours at 6 months | 3 | 348 | Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.07 [‐0.52, 0.37] |
3 Delinquent behaviours at 12 months | 2 | 177 | Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.16 [‐1.05, 0.72] |
Comparison 8. Psychological functioning.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Internalising behaviours at 3 months | 8 | 634 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.73 [‐0.87, 2.34] |
2 Internalising behaviours at 6 months | 6 | 582 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.30 [‐1.36, 1.97] |
3 Internalising behaviours at 12 months | 5 | 433 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.31 [‐1.58, 2.20] |
4 Externalising behaviours at 3 months | 8 | 636 | Std. Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.09 [‐0.10, 0.28] |
5 Externalising behaviours at 6 months | 6 | 583 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.83 [‐0.74, 2.41] |
6 Externalising behaviours at 12 months | 5 | 434 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.04 [‐2.89, 2.97] |
7 Number of psychiatric diagnoses | 3 | 182 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.06 [‐0.50, 0.37] |
Comparison 9. Family functioning.
Outcome or subgroup title | No. of studies | No. of participants | Statistical method | Effect size |
---|---|---|---|---|
1 Family cohesion (Family Environment Scale) ‐ 3 months | 3 | 208 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 0.88 [0.23, 1.54] |
2 Family conflict (Family Environment Scale) ‐ 3 months | 3 | 208 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.05 [‐0.91, 0.81] |
3 Parental care (Parental Bonding Instrument) ‐ 3 months | 3 | 208 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | 1.68 [‐0.63, 4.00] |
4 Parental overprotection (Parental Bonding Instrument) ‐ 3 months | 3 | 208 | Mean Difference (IV, Random, 95% CI) | ‐0.82 [‐4.75, 3.10] |
Characteristics of studies
Characteristics of included studies [ordered by study ID]
Baer 2007.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Homeless; 14 to 19 years of age (mean age 17.9); 56% male, 44% female; drop‐in; USA | |
Interventions | Brief motivational intervention (75); SAU (52); 1 to 4 sessions (avg 17/32 min); covering 13 topics; up to 4 weeks | |
Outcomes | Alcohol and drug use frequency and severity, 1 and 3 months; service utilisation, 1 and 3 months; counsellor‐rated engagement; participant satisfaction | |
Funding source | National Institute on Drug Abuse grant | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Urn randomisation stratifying for population characteristics |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Email evidence from study author ‐ randomisation by phone call to office during intake when office‐based project director would run the programme |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Baseline interview without blinding but post‐test assessment blinded |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Unclear risk | Analysed data for participants only full data set was provided |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | All outcomes analysed as far as we know |
Other bias | Unclear risk | Incentives given to participants |
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Homeless youth with drug or alcohol dependence; 14 to 20 years of age (mean age 18.74); 47% female, 53% male; drop‐in centre; USA | |
Interventions | Case management (CM); community reinforcement approach (CRA); motivational enhancement therapy (MET); HIV intervention | |
Outcomes | HIV risk; HIV knowledge; condom use; number of sex partners; substance use; psychological outcomes; % homeless days; victimisation; 3, 6 and 12 months | |
Funding source | NIDA grant | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Urn randomisation |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Email from author: Programme director conducted all randomisations in her office (staff called her when they had received participant information) |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Self report and urine toxicology screen |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Intention‐to‐treat design, missing data assumed to be missing at random following analysis of drop‐outs |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Not clear whether all outcomes reported |
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA.
Methods | Same as above | |
Participants | Same as above | |
Interventions | Same as above | |
Outcomes | Same as above | |
Funding source | Same as above | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Same as above |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Same as above |
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV.
Methods | Same as above | |
Participants | Same as above | |
Interventions | Same as above | |
Outcomes | Same as above | |
Funding source | Same as above | |
Notes | This intervention was a co‐intervention accompanying the interventions detailed above (CM, CRA) | |
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Same as above |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Same as above |
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET.
Methods | Same as above | |
Participants | Same as above | |
Interventions | Same as above | |
Outcomes | Same as above | |
Funding source | Same as above | |
Notes | This intervention was selected by review authors as the control condition, in the absence of an SAU condition | |
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Same as above |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Same as above |
Cauce 1994.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Homeless; mean age 16.5 years; 57% male, 43% female; multi‐service drop‐in; USA | |
Interventions | Intensive case management (55); regular case management (60); 3 phases, flexible timing; multi‐component; flexible duration | |
Outcomes | Psychological and social adjustment, 3 months | |
Funding source | NIMH/SAMHSA grant | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Random assignment was accomplished by preparing a stack of sequentially numbered envelopes and placing in each a card with a matching number and group assignment. Random assignment was to the group, not to an individual therapist |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | High risk | Message from study author: Randomisation was conducted at the service site at the time of admission |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | Unclear risk | Not specified ‐ some data were self reported |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Unclear risk | Not clear how attrition was accounted for |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | All outcomes analysed as far as we know |
Hyun 2005.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Runaway; 8 to 18 years of age (mean age 15.5); male, shelter (Christian); Korea | |
Interventions | CBT group therapy (14); SAU (13) 50‐minute session, up to 8 weeks | |
Outcomes | Self esteem; depression; self efficacy, 8 weeks | |
Funding source | Korea Research Foundation Grant | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | High risk | Odd/even number distribution at time of consent |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | High risk | Odd/even number distribution at time of consent |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | Unclear risk | Not specified |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | High risk | Excluded 5 non‐returners from analysis (2 in experimental group and 3 in control group) |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | All outcomes analysed as far as we know |
Milburn 2012.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Newly homeless; 12 to 17 years of age (mean 14.8 years); 33.8% male, 66.2% female; agencies/street‐based; USA | |
Interventions | Behavioural family intervention (68); SAU (83); 5 × 60 to 90 minutes; up to 5 weeks (76%) | |
Outcomes | Number of partners; times had alcohol; times used marijuana; times used hard drugs; number of delinquent behaviours; 3, 6 and 12 months | |
Funding source | National Institute of Mental Health | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Used computerised coin toss method |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | After the family gave consent and baseline assessments were performed, the recruitment/assessment team referred participants to the intervention team, which used the coin toss to allocate without meeting the families |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Assessment team blinded to study arm |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Unclear risk | No information on drop‐outs or loss to follow‐up |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | All outcomes analysed as far as we know |
Nyamathi 2012/13 AM.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Homeless youth actively engaged in drug use; 18 to 25 years of age (mean age 21.2); 70% male, 30% female; drop‐in centre; USA | |
Interventions | Health promotion programme (nursing) (HPP); art messaging programme (AMP) | |
Outcomes | Drug and alcohol use; mental health; health outcomes; 6 months | |
Funding source | National Institute on Drug Abuse | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Email from study author: Randomisation was conducted by a computer randomisation programme; the printout of this programme dictated to which group the next enrolled person would be assigned |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Unclear risk | Not specified |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Self report |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | High risk | Missing participants not included in the analysis. Drop‐out rate similar for both groups. African American and Hispanic participants more likely to have dropped out |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Comparable raw data not presented for all outcomes |
Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP.
Methods | Same as above | |
Participants | Same as above | |
Interventions | Same as above | |
Outcomes | Same as above | |
Funding source | Same as above | |
Notes | This intervention was selected by review authors as the control condition, in the absence of an SAU condition | |
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Unclear risk | Same as above |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Same as above |
Peterson 2006.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Homeless; 14 to 19 years of age (mean age 17.4); 54.7% male, 45.3% female; street‐based; USA | |
Interventions | Brief motivational enhancement (92); assessment only (99); assessment at follow‐up only (94); 10 to 70 (avg 30) minutes; single session | |
Outcomes | Alcohol and drug use, 1 and 3 months | |
Funding source | National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism grant; National Institute on Drug Abuse grant | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Urn randomisation stratifying for population characteristics |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Author emailed to say outreach staff contacted the office. Randomisation took place after basic demographic info was entered using computerised urn method by Project Director at study office |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Interviewers not blind to the condition |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | High risk | Incomplete data for all outcomes across all conditions |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | None as far as we know |
Other bias | Unclear risk | Study authors report that differences at 1 month might have been due to differences among interviewers |
Rew 2007.
Methods | Quasi‐RCT | |
Participants | Homeless; 16 to 23 years of age (mean age 19.5); 61% male, 39% female; street outreach centre; USA | |
Interventions | Gender‐specific group intervention (196), no intervention (287), control and intervention (89); 8 × 1 hour; 3 weeks | |
Outcomes | Cognitive‐perceptual and behavioural outcomes, 3 and 6 weeks | |
Funding source | National Institute of Nursing Research; National Institutes of Health | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | High risk | Quasi‐RCT; 3‐group design: control group only (287); intervention group only (196); intervention and control groups (i.e. both phases of study) (89) Very unclear process but study author unable to supply more information |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | High risk | Not randomised. Unlear processes, as above |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Self assessment |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | High risk | 233 excluded who did not complete all measures |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | As far as we know |
Rotheram‐Borus 2003.
Methods | CBA | |
Participants | Runaways; 11 to 18 years of age (mean age 15.6); 51% male, 49% female; shelters; USA | |
Interventions | Intensive programme intervention group (167, 2 shelters); SAU (144, 2 shelters); 10+ group sessions (avg 9); up to 6 weeks | |
Outcomes | Sexual behaviours and substance use; 3, 6, 12, 18 and 24 months | |
Funding source | National Institute of Mental Health grant and University‐wide AIDS research programme grant | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | High risk | Not randomised ‐ quasi‐experimental according to study author definition. Total of 4 shelters selected for different group conditions but not randomly, so not a cluster‐RCT |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Unclear risk | Study authors did not respond to query on this |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Generally, interviewers did not know intervention status of young people interviewed |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Unclear risk | Individuals selected into groups for analysis on the basis of propensity scores according to demographic characteristics. Only certain groups selected to be analysed |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Investigators appear to analyse all outcomes |
Slesnick 2005.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Substance‐abusing runaways (and family members); mean age 14.8 years; 41.1% male, 58.9% female; shelter; USA | |
Interventions | Ecologically based family therapy (65); SAU (59); up to 15 sessions (45%); systemic | |
Outcomes | Substance use; adolescent psychological functioning; family functioning; HIV/AIDS behaviour; diagnostic status, 3, 6 and 12 months | |
Funding source | NIDA grant | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Urn randomisation stratifying for many population characteristics: gender, age, primary drug of abuse, ethnicity, psychiatric severity, number of previous runaway episodes |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Email from study author: Project director conducted randomisation in absence of participants |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Email from study author confirming that outcome assessment was blinded |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | High risk | Participants who dropped out excluded from analysis |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | None known |
Slesnick 2007/08.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Homeless; 14 to 22 years of age (mean age 19.2) 66% male, 34% female; drop‐in; USA | |
Interventions | Community reinforcement approach + HIV treatment (96); SAU (84); up to 12 sessions (mean 6.8) | |
Outcomes | Substance use; individual functioning and social stability, 6 months; HIV risk behaviour, 3 and 6 months | |
Funding source | ||
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Urn randomisation stratifying for population characteristics |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Randomisation conducted by Project DIrector and youth's group assignment subsequently communicated to the Project Co‐ordinator |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Research assistants not blinded to participants' treatment condition |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | High risk | Drop‐outs not included in analysis, although significance of differences between completers and non‐completers vary between outcomes |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | As far as we know |
Slesnick 2009 EBFT.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Alcohol‐abusing runaways; 12 to 17 years of age (mean age 15.1); 45% male, 55% female; 2 shelters; USA | |
Interventions | Ecologically based family therapy (EBFT) (47); SAU (42); up to 16 × 50 minutes | |
Outcomes | Substance use; psychological functioning and family functioning, 3, 9 and 15 months | |
Funding source | ||
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Urn randomisation stratifying for population characteristics: gender, age, ethnicity, number of days of substance use in last 90 days, co‐morbidity status, number of previous runaway episodes |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Randomisation conducted by Project DIrector and youth's group assignment communicated subsequently to Project Co‐ordinator |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Self report |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Unclear risk | Numbers lost not included in the analysis depending on which assessments participants completed |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Not clear whether all outcomes assessed |
Slesnick 2009 FFT.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Alcohol‐abusing runaways; 12 to 17 years of age (mean age 15.1); 45% male, 55% female; 2 shelters; USA | |
Interventions | Functional family therapy (FFT) (40); SAU (42); up to 16 × 50 minutes | |
Outcomes | Substance use; psychological functioning and family functioning, 3, 9 and 15 months | |
Funding source | ||
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Urn randomisation stratifying for population characteristics |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Randomisation conducted by Project DIrector and youth's group assignment communicated subsequently to Project Co‐ordinator |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Self report |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Unclear risk | Numbers lost not included in the analysis depending on which assessments participants completed |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Not clear whether all outcomes assessed |
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA.
Methods | RCT | |
Participants | Alcohol‐ or drug‐abusing runaways; 12 to 17 years of age (mean age 15.4); 1 runaway shelter; USA | |
Interventions | Ecologically based family therapy (EBFT); community reinforcement approach (CRA); motivational enhancement therapy (MET)/motivational interviwiewing (MI) Additionally HIV intervention offered to each group | |
Outcomes | Percent days of drug and alcohol use (except tobacco); psychological outcomes; 3, 6, 9, 12, 18 and 24 months | |
Funding source | NIDA grant | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Urn randomisation stratifying for population characteristics: age, gender and ethnicity |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Email from study author: Programme director conducted all randomisations in her office (staff called her when they had received participant information) |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Not possible to blind participants and service delivery staff to such an intervention |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Self report |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Missing data assumed to be missing at random following analysis of drop‐outs |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Not clear whether all outcomes assessed |
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT.
Methods | Same as above | |
Participants | Same as above | |
Interventions | Same as above | |
Outcomes | Same as above | |
Funding source | Same as above | |
Notes | ||
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Same as above |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Same as above |
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET.
Methods | Same as above | |
Participants | Same as above | |
Interventions | Same as above | |
Outcomes | Same as above | |
Funding source | Same as above | |
Notes | This intervention was selected by review authors as the control condition, in the absence of an SAU condition | |
Risk of bias | ||
Bias | Authors' judgement | Support for judgement |
Random sequence generation (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Allocation concealment (selection bias) | Low risk | Same as above |
Blinding of participants and personnel (performance bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias) All outcomes | High risk | Same as above |
Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias) All outcomes | Low risk | Same as above |
Selective reporting (reporting bias) | Unclear risk | Same as above |
Abbreviations:
AIDS: acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
AMP: art messaging programme.
CBA: controlled before‐and‐after trial.
CBT: cognitive‐behavioural therapy.
CM: case management.
CRA: community reinforcement approach.
EBFT: ecologically based family therapy.
HIV: human immunodeficiency virus.
HPP: health promotion programme.
MET: motivational enhancement therapy.
MI: motivational interviewing.
NIDA: National Institute on Drug Abuse.
NIMH: National Institute of Mental Health.
RCT: randomised controlled trial.
SAMHSA: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration.
SAU: service as usual.
Characteristics of excluded studies [ordered by study ID]
Study | Reason for exclusion |
---|---|
Arnold 2009 | Review of studies |
Barber 2005 | No control group |
Beharie 2011 | Convenience control group |
Booth 1999 | Cross‐sectional |
Borland 2013/Grace 2014 | Study would have been eligible for inclusion, except that 27% of study participants were 25 to 35 years of age. Separate data were requested from study authors for study population eligible for inclusion, but were not received in time for inclusion. The YP4 intervention assessed in this study was based in Australia and involved case management and joined‐up services for young homeless job seekers. |
Connolly 1993 | Not available |
Crombach 2014 | As confirmed by the study author, the sample in this randomised controlled trial (RCT) consisted of 'former street children' who were not necessarily currently street‐connected, and it included other types of vulnerable children living at the same residential centre. Study methods were robust, and the study would have been included were it not for the lack of comparability with other study populations included in this review. This was the only identified RCT involving a potentially relevant population and conducted in a low‐income country (Burundi) that has been referred to in our discussion. The study demonstrates that RCTs are feasible in a low‐income country setting, even if it was not possible in this instance to recruit a sample of former street children only, as was the original intention of the study (personal communication with study author). Intervention differed from any of those included in the review, focusing on prevention of aggressive behaviours in residentially sheltered boys and drawing on a trauma‐informed theoretical framework |
Dalton 2002 | No control group |
Daniels 1999 | Qualitative evaluation |
Davey 2004 | Convenience control group |
Deb 2011 | Survey |
Edinburgh 2009a | Abstract only |
Edinburgh 2009b | No homeless population |
Fawole 2004 | No control group |
Ferguson 2006 | No evaluation |
Ferguson 2008 | Control group not randomly assigned |
Fors 1995 | Not randomly assigned; no relevant outcomes |
Gutierrez 1999 | Protocol; actual study not available |
Haley 1998 | No comparison group |
Heinze 2010 | No evaluation |
Hosny 2007 | No comparison group |
Hurley 2006 | Not on street children |
Kisely 2008 | Age group too wide |
Lamar 2001 | Not available |
Little 2007 | Not an evaluation |
Mitchell 2007 | Review of projects |
Morse 2006 | Adult population (delete) |
Olley 2007 | Convenience comparison group. This is the only identified study conducted in a middle‐income country (Nigeria) involving a (non‐randomised) controlled study design with a relevant street‐connected population. The focus of the study was on HIV/AIDS‐related outcomes, which are outside the main focus of our review, although some social behaviour skills were also examined in this study |
Pollio 2006 | No evaluation |
Rashid 2004 | No control group |
Rodriguez 2003 | Not available |
Ronalds 2008 | No comparison group |
Rotheram‐Borus 1991 | Focus on suicide |
Schram 1991 | Convenience comparison group |
Scivoletto 2011 | No control group |
Sears 2001 | Convenience control group |
Slesnick 2000 | No evaluation |
Slesnick 2001 | No evaluation |
Slesnick 2008a | No evaluation |
Slesnick 2008b | Age group too wide, repeated measures |
Smith 2000 | No relevant outcomes |
Steele 2001 | No control group |
Steele 2003 | No control group |
Stewart 2009 | No control group |
Taylor 2007 | Age group too wide |
Tischler 2002 | Involves homeless families ‐ excluded at the stage of review update to be included in a separate review on homeless family interventions |
Twaite 1997 | No evaluation |
Upshur 1985 | Convenience control group |
Wenzel 2009 | Qualitative |
Wurzbacher 1991 | Cross‐sectional |
Characteristics of studies awaiting assessment [ordered by study ID]
Dousti 2014.
Methods | RCT |
Participants | Street‐connected female adolescents 12 to 16 years of age |
Interventions | Resilience training |
Outcomes | Psychological well‐being |
Notes | This Iranian study is published in Farsi. We were unable to obtain a translation of the study in time for the review update |
Characteristics of ongoing studies [ordered by study ID]
Krabbenborg 2013.
Trial name or title | Strengths‐based method for homeless youth (Houvast) |
Methods | Quasi‐experimental |
Participants | Homeless youth in ambulatory/residential care |
Interventions | Strengths‐based case management intervention developed through participatory method |
Outcomes | Quality of life and various psychological and substance use outcomes |
Starting date | Not specified |
Contact information | Professor Judith Wolf, Judith.Wolf@radboudumc.nl |
Notes |
Rew 2014.
Trial name or title | Intervention to enhance psychological capital in homeless women |
Methods | Quasi‐randomised controlled trial (RCT) |
Participants | Homeless young women; 18 to 23 years of age (mean age 21.2); drop‐in centre; USA |
Interventions | Psychological capital enhancement |
Outcomes | Hope, resilience, future time perspective, safer sex behaviours, psychological capital, social connectedness, self efficacy/risky behaviours |
Starting date | Not specified |
Contact information | Professor Lynn Rew, ellerew@mail.utexas.edu |
Notes |
Differences between protocol and review
Review authors followed processes planned in the protocol, except when circumstances did not arise, for example, in cluster trials. The decision was made at the update stage to conduct a separate review of interventions to support street families. As a result of this, Tischler 2002 was removed from the review and will be added to an upcoming, separate review of interventions to support street families. This reflects differences in populations and in interventions offered, making this a more plausible theoretical approach. Also at update stage, we screened studies identified in the original search as well as in the update search for non‐randomised studies from LMICs for possible inclusion. We identified no studies that could be included through this approach.
Contributions of authors
Esther Coren (EC) and Rosa Hossain (RH) drafted the protocol with input from other review authors and from the advisory group for the original review. At the update stage, changes to these elements of the review were drafted by Esther Coren and Rosa Hossain. Jordi Pardo Pardo (JPP) developed the search strategy with input provided as above and consulted on development of the logic models. He was involved in many strategic discussions with EC on the overall progress of the review. RH contributed to development and piloting of data extraction and mapping tools, to data extraction and mapping, to analysis and synthesis and to writing of the review including the Discussion section, and to all of these tasks with EC at update. At the update stage, Brittany Baker (BB) contributed to screening and data extraction. EC directed all stages of the review, co‐ordinated the team and was involved directly at all stages and in all aspects of problem solving through each stage of the review and the update.
Sources of support
Internal sources
-
Canterbury Christ Church University, UK.
Lead authors are employed by Canterbury Christ Church University, which has contributed infrastructure and running costs to the review and the update
External sources
-
3ie, Other.
Funding to support the project
-
NIHR Cochrane Incentive Award, UK.
This project was supported by the National Institute for Health Research, via Cochrane Incentive Award funding to the Cochrane Public Health Group. The views and opinions expressed therein are those of the review authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the Systematic Reviews Programme, NIHR, NHS or the Department of Health.
Declarations of interest
Research discussed in this publication has been funded by the International Initiative for Impact Evaluation, Inc. (3ie), through the Global Development Network (GDN). The views expressed in this article are not necessarily those of 3ie or its members, or of GDN.
Edited (no change to conclusions)
References
References to studies included in this review
Baer 2007 {published data only}
- Baer JS, Garrett SB, Beadnell B, Wells EA, Peterson PL. Brief motivational intervention with homeless adolescents: evaluating effects on substance use and service utilization. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Institute, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98105‐4631, USA. jsbaer@u.washington.edu, 2007; Vol. 21, issue 4:582‐6. [DOI] [PubMed]
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CM {published data only}
- Carmona J, Slesnick N, Guo X, Letcher A. Reducing high risk behaviors among street living youth: outcomes of an integrated prevention intervention. Children and Youth Services Review 2014;43:118‐23. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Guo X, Brakenhoff B, Bantchevska D. A comparison of three interventions for homeless youth evidencing substance use disorders: results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment 2015;54:1‐13. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 CRA {published data only}
- Carmona J, Slesnick N, Guo X, Letcher A. Reducing high risk behaviors among street living youth: outcomes of an integrated prevention intervention. Children and Youth Services Review 2014;43:118‐23. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Guo X, Brakenhoff B, Bantchevska D. A comparison of three interventions for homeless youth evidencing substance use disorders: results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment 2015;54:1‐13. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 HIV {published data only}
- Carmona J, Slesnick N, Guo X, Letcher A. Reducing high risk behaviors among street living youth: outcomes of an integrated prevention intervention. Children and Youth Services Review 2014;43:118‐23. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Guo X, Brakenhoff B, Bantchevska D. A comparison of three interventions for homeless youth evidencing substance use disorders: results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment 2015;54:1‐13. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Carmona 2014/Slesnick 2015 MET {published data only}
- Carmona J, Slesnick N, Guo X, Letcher A. Reducing high risk behaviors among street living youth: outcomes of an integrated prevention intervention. Children and Youth Services Review 2014;43:118‐23. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Guo X, Brakenhoff B, Bantchevska D. A comparison of three interventions for homeless youth evidencing substance use disorders: results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment 2015;54:1‐13. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Cauce 1994 {published data only}
- Cauce AM, Morgan CJ, Wagner V, Moore E, Sy J, Wurzbacher K, et al. Effectiveness of intensive case management for homeless adolescents: results of a 3‐month follow‐up. Journal of Emotional and Behavioural Disorders 1994;2(4):219‐27. [Google Scholar]
Hyun 2005 {published data only}
Milburn 2012 {published data only}
- Milburn NG, Iribarren FJ, Rice E, Lightfoot M, Solorio R, Rotheram‐Borus MJ, et al. A family intervention to reduce sexual risk behavior, substance use, and delinquency among newly homeless youth. Journal of Adolescent Health 2012;50:358‐64. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Nyamathi 2012/13 AM {published data only}
- Nyamathi A, Branson C, Kennedy B, Salem B, Khalilifard F, Marfisee M, et al. Impact of nursing intervention on decreasing substances among homeless youth. The American Journal on Addictions 2012;21:558‐65. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Nyamathi A, Kennedy B, Branson C, Salem B, Khalilifard F, Marfisee M, et al. Impact of nursing intervention on improving HIV, hepatitis knowledge and mental health among homeless young adults. Community Mental Health Journal 2013;49:178‐84. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Nyamathi 2012/13 HPP {published data only}
- Nyamathi A, Branson C, Kennedy B, Salem B, Khalilifard F, Marfisee M, et al. Impact of nursing intervention on decreasing substances among homeless youth. The American Journal on Addictions 2012;21:558‐65. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Nyamathi A, Kennedy B, Branson C, Salem B, Khalilifard F, Marfisee M, et al. Impact of nursing intervention on improving HIV, hepatitis knowledge and mental health among homeless young adults. Community Mental Health Journal 2013;49:178‐84. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Peterson 2006 {published data only}
- Peterson PL, Baer JS, Wells EA, Ginzler JA, Garrett SB. Short‐term effects of a brief motivational intervention to reduce alcohol and drug risk among homeless adolescents. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors 2006;20(3):254‐64. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Rew 2007 {published data only}
Rotheram‐Borus 2003 {published data only}
Slesnick 2005 {published data only}
- Slesnick N, Prestopnik JL. Ecologically based family therapy outcome with substance abusing runaway adolescents. Journal of Adolescence 2005;28(2):277‐98. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2007/08 {published data only}
- Slesnick N, Kang MJ. The impact of an integrated treatment on HIV risk behavior among homeless youth: a randomized controlled trial. Journal of Behavioral Medicine 2008;31(1):45‐59. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Prestopnik JL, Meyers RJ, Glassman M. Treatment outcome for street‐living, homeless youth. Addictive Behaviors. Human Development and Family Science, The Ohio State University, 1787 Neil Avenue, Columbus, OH 43210, USA. Slesnick.5@osu.edu, 2007; Vol. 32, issue 6:1237‐51. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed]
Slesnick 2009 EBFT {published data only}
- Slesnick N, Prestopnik JL. Comparison of family therapy outcome with alcohol‐abusing, runaway adolescents. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy. Blackwell Publishing Inc. (350 Main Street, Malden MA 02148, United States), 2009; Vol. 35, issue 3:255‐77. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed]
Slesnick 2009 FFT {published data only}
- Slesnick N, Prestopnik JL. Comparison of family therapy outcome with alcohol‐abusing, runaway adolescents. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy 2009;35(3):255‐77. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 CRA {published data only}
- Guo X, Slesnick N, Feng X. Reductions in depressive symptoms among substance‐abusing runaway adolescents and their primary caretakers: a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Family Psychology 2014;28(3):98‐105. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Erdem G, Bartle‐Haring S, Brigham GS. Intervention with substance‐abusing runaway adolescents and their families: results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2013;81:600‐14. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Guo X, Feng X. Change in parent‐ and child‐reported internalizing and externalizing behaviors among substance abusing runaways: the effects of family and individual treatments. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 2013;42(7):980‐93. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 EBFT {published data only}
- * Slesnick N, Erdem G, Bartle‐Haring S, Brigham GS. Intervention with substance‐abusing runaway adolescents and their families: results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2013;81:600‐14. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Guo X, Slesnick N, Feng X. Reductions in depressive symptoms among substance‐abusing runaway adolescents and their primary caretakers: a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Family Psychology 2014;28(3):98‐105. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Guo X, Feng X. Change in parent‐ and child‐reported internalizing and externalizing behaviors among substance abusing runaways: the effects of family and individual treatments. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 2013;42(7):980‐93. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2013/Guo 2014 MET {published data only}
- * Slesnick N, Erdem G, Bartle‐Haring S, Brigham GS. Intervention with substance‐abusing runaway adolescents and their families: results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2013;81:600‐14. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Guo X, Slesnick N, Feng X. Reductions in depressive symptoms among substance‐abusing runaway adolescents and their primary caretakers: a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Family Psychology 2014;28(3):98‐105. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
- Slesnick N, Guo X, Feng X. Change in parent‐ and child‐reported internalizing and externalizing behaviors among substance abusing runaways: the effects of family and individual treatments. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 2013;42(7):980‐93. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
References to studies excluded from this review
Arnold 2009 {published data only}
- Arnold EM, Rotheram‐Borus MJ. Comparisons of prevention programs for homeless youth. Prevention Science. Springer New York (233 Springer Street, New York 10013‐1578, United States), 2009; Vol. 10:76‐86. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed]
Barber 2005 {published data only}
Beharie 2011 {published data only}
- Beharie N, Kalogerogiannis K, McKay MM, Paulino A, Miranda A, Rivera‐Rodriguez A, et al. The HOPE Family Project: a family‐based group intervention to reduce the impact of homelessness on HIV/STI and drug risk behaviors. Social Work with Groups 2011;34(1):61‐78. [Google Scholar]
Booth 1999 {published data only}
- Booth RE, Zhang Y, Kwiatkowski CF. The challenge of changing drug and sex risk behaviors of runaway and homeless adolescents. Child Abuse and Neglect 1999;23(12):1295‐306. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Borland 2013/Grace 2014 {published data only}
- Borland J, Tseng Y‐P, Wilkins R. Does coordination of welfare services delivery make a difference for extremely disadvantaged jobseekers? Evidence from the ‘YP4’ trial. Economic Record 2013;89:469‐89. [Google Scholar]
- Grace M, Gill PR. Improving outcomes for unemployed and homeless young people: findings of the YP4 clinical controlled trial of joined up case management. Australian Social Work 2014;67(3):419‐437. [Google Scholar]
Connolly 1993 {published data only}
- Connolly M, Franchet CN. Manila street children face many sexual risks. Network 1993; Vol. 14, issue 2:24‐5. [PubMed]
Crombach 2014 {published data only}
- Crombach A, Bambonyé M, Elbert T. A study on reintegration of street children in Burundi: experienced violence and maltreatment are associated with mental health impairments and impeded educational progress. Frontiers in Psychology 2014;3(2):270‐82. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Dalton 2002 {published data only}
- Dalton MM, Pakenham KI. Adjustment of homeless adolescents to a crisis shelter: application of a stress and coping model. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 2002;31(1):79‐89. [Google Scholar]
Daniels 1999 {published data only}
- Daniels J, D'Andrea M, Omizo M, Pier P. Group work with homeless youngsters and their mothers. The Journal for Specialists in Group Work 1999;24(2):164‐85. [Google Scholar]
Davey 2004 {published data only}
Deb 2011 {published data only}
Edinburgh 2009a {published data only}
- Edinburgh LD, Saewyc EM. A novel, intensive home‐visiting intervention for runaway, sexually exploited girls. Journal for Specialists in Pediatric Nursing. Blackwell Publishing Ltd (9600 Garsington Road, Oxford OX4 2XG, United Kingdom), 2009; Vol. 14, issue 1:41‐8. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed]
Edinburgh 2009b {published data only}
- Edinburgh L, Homma Y, Saewyc E, Wirkkala S, Mickschl L. Restoring family support, self‐esteem, and reducing distress among sexually abused young runaways. Journal of Adolescent Health. Elsevier USA, 2009; Vol. 44:S14.
Fawole 2004 {published data only}
- Fawole OI, Ajuwon AJ, Osungbade KO. Violence and HIV/AIDS prevention among female out‐of‐school youths in southwestern Nigeria: lessons learnt from interventions targeted at hawkers and apprentices. African Journal of Medicine and Medical Sciences 2004;33:347‐53. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Ferguson 2006 {published data only}
- Ferguson KM, Dabir N, Dortzbach K, Dyrness G, Spruijt‐Metz D. Comparative analysis of faith‐based programs serving homeless & street‐living youth in Los Angeles, Mumbai & Nairobi. Children and Youth Services Review 2006;28:1512‐27. [Google Scholar]
Ferguson 2008 {published data only}
- Ferguson KM, Xie B. Feasibility study of the social enterprise intervention with homeless youth. Research on Social Work Practice 2008;18(1):5‐19. [Google Scholar]
Fors 1995 {published data only}
Gutierrez 1999 {published data only}
- Gutierrez R, Vega L. Preliminary report of a program elaborated for the purpose of diminishing the damage associated with toluene inhalation among 'street children'. Salud Mental 1999;22:75‐8. [Google Scholar]
Haley 1998 {published data only}
- Haley N, Roy E, Belanger L, Crago AL. A hepatitis B vaccination outreach project for street youth in Montreal. Canadian Journal of Human Sexuality 1998;7(4):331‐8. [Google Scholar]
Heinze 2010 {published data only}
- Heinze HJ, Jozefowicz DMH, Toro PA. Taking the youth perspective: assessment of program characteristics that promote positive development in homeless and at‐risk youth. Children and Youth Services Review 2010;32:1365‐72. [Google Scholar]
Hosny 2007 {published data only}
- Hosny G, Moloukhia TM, Abd Elsalam G, Abd Elatif F. Environmental behavioural modification programme for street children in Alexandria, Egypt. Eastern Mediterranean Health Journal = La Revue de Sante de la Mediterranee Orientale = al‐Majallah al‐sihhiyah li‐sharq al‐mutawassit. Environmental Health Division, Department of Environmental Studies, Institute of Graduate Studies and Research, University of Alexandria, Alexandria, Egypt. gihan_hosny@yahoo.com, 2007; Vol. 13, issue 6:1438‐48. [DOI] [PubMed]
Hurley 2006 {published data only}
- Hurley KD, Ingram S, Czyz JD, Juliano N, Wilson E. Treatment for youth in short‐term care facilities: the impact of a comprehensive behavior management intervention. Journal of Child and Family Studies 2006;15(5):615‐30. [Google Scholar]
Kisely 2008 {published data only}
- Kisely SR, Parker JK, Campbell LA, Karabanow J, Hughes JM, Gahagan J. Health impacts of supportive housing for homeless youth: a pilot study. Public Health 2008;122(10):1089‐92. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Lamar 2001 {published data only}
- Lamar JR. Determining the Standard of Care: A Comparison of a Behavior Point System and a Values‐Based Developmental Curriculum in a Community Shelter for Youth. [thesis] Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, 2001; Vol. 61:4191‐A.
Little 2007 {published data only}
Mitchell 2007 {published data only}
- Mitchell K, Nyakake M, Oling J. How effective are street youth peer educators? Lessons learned from an HIV/AIDS prevention programme in urban Uganda. Health Education 2007;107(4):364‐76. [Google Scholar]
Morse 2006 {published data only}
Olley 2007 {published data only}
- Olley BO. Changing social and HIV/AIDS risk behaviors: effects of life skills educations among urban street youths. Vulnerable Children and Youth Studies 2007;2(1):80‐6. [Google Scholar]
Pollio 2006 {published data only}
- Pollio DE, Thompson SJ, Tobias L, Reid D, Spitznagel E. Longitudinal outcomes for youth receiving runaway/homeless shelter services. Journal of Youth Adolescence 2006;35:852‐9. [Google Scholar]
Rashid 2004 {published data only}
- Rashid S. Evaluating a transitional living program for homeless, former foster care youth. Research on Social Work Practice 2004;14(4):240‐8. [Google Scholar]
Rodriguez 2003 {published data only}
- Rodriguez Y. Performance of institutions working with children "of" and "on" the street in Venezuela. Revista Venezolana de Gerencia 2003;8:105‐25. [Google Scholar]
Ronalds 2008 {published data only}
- Ronalds L, Allen‐Craig S. Preventing family and educational disconnection through wilderness‐based therapy targeting youth at risk. ACHPER Healthy Lifestyles Journal 2008;55:7‐16. [Google Scholar]
Rotheram‐Borus 1991 {published data only}
Schram 1991 {published data only}
Scivoletto 2011 {published data only}
- Scivoletto S, Silva TF, Rosenheck RA. Child psychiatry takes to the streets: a developmental partnership between a university institute and children and adolescents from the streets of Sao Paulo, Brazil. Child Abuse and Neglect. Elsevier Ltd (Langford Lane, Kidlington, Oxford OX5 1GB, United Kingdom), 2011; Vol. 35:89‐95. [DOI] [PubMed]
Sears 2001 {published data only}
- Sears C, Guydish JR, Weltzien EK, Lum PJ. Investigation of a secondary syringe exchange program for homeless young adult injection drug users in San Francisco, California, U.S.A. Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes 2001;27(2):193‐201. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2000 {published data only}
- Slesnick N, Meyers RJ, Meade M, Segelken DH. Bleak and hopeless no more. Engagement of reluctant substance‐abusing runaway youth and their families. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment. Department of Psychology, Center for Family and Adolescent Research, University of New Mexico, 2350 Alamo SE, Albuquerque, NM 87106, USA. tash@unm.edu, 2000:215‐22. [DOI] [PubMed]
Slesnick 2001 {published data only}
- Slesnick N, Meade M. System youth: a subgroup of substance‐abusing homeless adolescents. Journal of Substance Abuse 2001;13:367‐84. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2008a {published data only}
- Slesnick N, Kang MJ, Aukward E. Treatment attendance among homeless youth. Addictive Behaviors 2008;29(2):43‐52. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2008b {published data only}
- Slesnick N, Kang MJ, Bonomi AE, Prestopnik JL. Six‐ and twelve‐month outcomes among homeless youth accessing therapy and case management services through an urban drop‐in center. Health Services Research. Department of Human Development and Family Science, 135 Campbell Hall, 1787 Neil Avenue, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210, USA., 2008; Vol. 43, issue 1 Part 1:211‐29. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed]
Smith 2000 {published data only}
- Smith C. A community outreach programme: teacher training at the University of Durban‐Westville. Educational Review 2000;52(1):5‐12. [Google Scholar]
Steele 2001 {published data only}
Steele 2003 {published data only}
- Steele RW, Ramgoolam A, Evans J. Health services for homeless adolescents. Seminars in Pediatric Infectious Diseases. Department of Pediatrics, Division of Infectious Diseases, LSU School of Medicine and Children's Hospital, New Orleans, LA 70118, USA. RWSteele@aol.com, 2003; Vol. 14, issue 1:38‐42. [DOI] [PubMed]
Stewart 2009 {published data only}
- Stewart M, Reutter L, Letourneau N, Makwarimba E. A support intervention to promote health and coping among homeless youths. Revue Canadienne de Recherche en Sciences Infirmieres [The Canadian Journal of Nursing Research]. Faculty of Nursing and School of Public Health, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada., 2009; Vol. 41, issue 2:55‐77. [PubMed]
Taylor 2007 {published data only}
- Taylor H, Stuttaford M, Vostanis P. Short‐term outcome of young homeless people in contact with a designated mental health service. European Journal of Psychiatry 2007;21(4):268‐78. [Google Scholar]
Tischler 2002 {published data only}
- Tischler V, Vostanis P, Bellerby T, Cumella S. Evaluation of a mental health outreach service for homeless families. Archives of Disease in Childhood. Greenwood Institute of Child Health, University of Leicester, Westcotes House, Westcotes Drive, Leicester LE1 0QU, UK., 2002; Vol. 86:158‐63. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed]
Twaite 1997 {published data only}
Upshur 1985 {published data only}
- Upshur CC. The Bridge, Inc. Independent Living Demonstration. Research Report. Paper presented at the 93rd Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, Los Angeles, CA, August 23‐27, l985. 1985:pp 1‐51.
Wenzel 2009 {published data only}
- Wenzel SL, D'Amico EJ, Barnes D, Gilbert ML. A pilot of a tripartite prevention program for homeless young women in the transition to adulthood. Women's Health Issues. RAND Corporation, Santa Monica, California 90407‐2138, USA. slwenzel@rand.org, 2009; Vol. 19, issue 3:193‐201. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed]
Wurzbacher 1991 {published data only}
References to studies awaiting assessment
Dousti 2014 {published data only}
- Dousti M, Pourmohamadrezatajrishi M, Ghobari BB. The effectiveness of resilience training on psychological well‐being of female street children with externalizing disorders [Translated from Persian]. Archive of SID 2014;unspecified:1‐12. [Google Scholar]
References to ongoing studies
Krabbenborg 2013 {published data only}
- Krabbenborg MAM, Boersma SN, Wolf JRLM. A strengths based method for homeless youth: effectiveness and fidelity of Houvast. BMC Public Health 2013;13:359. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Rew 2014 {published data only}
- Rew L, Thompson S, Brown A, Seo E. An intervention to enhance psychological capital in homeless females: preliminary findings. Journal of Adolescent Health 2014;54:S13. [Google Scholar]
Additional references
Abebe 2008
- Abebe T. Earning a living on the margins: begging, street work and the socio‐spatial experience of children in Addis Ababa. Geografiska Annaler: Series B Human Geography 2008;90(3):271‐84. [Google Scholar]
Adepoju 2005
- Aderanti A. Review of research and data on human trafficking in sub‐Saharan Africa. International Migration 2005;43(1/2)(1‐2):75‐98. [Google Scholar]
Ali 2004
- Ali M, Shahab S, Ushijima H, Muynck A. Street children in Pakistan: a situational analysis of social conditions and nutritional status. Social Science & Medicine 2004;59(8):1707‐17. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Altanis 2003
- Altanis P, Goddard J. Street children in contemporary Greece. Children & Society 2004;18:299‐311. [Google Scholar]
Altena 2010
- Altena AM, Brilleslijper‐Kater SN, Wolf JL. Effective interventions for homeless youth: a systematic review. American Journal of Preventive Medicine 2010;8(6):637‐45. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Anderson 2010
- Anderson LM, Petticrew M, Rehfuess E, Armstrong R, Ueffing E, Baker P, et al. Using logic models to capture complexity in systematic reviews. Research Synthesis Methods 2011;2:33‐42. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Bantchevska 2008
- Bantchevska D, Bartle‐Haring S, Dashora P, Glebova T, Slesnick N. Problem behaviours of homeless youth: a social capital perspective. Journal of Human Ecology 2008;23(4):285‐93. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Beazley 2003
- Beazley H. Voices from the margins: street children’s subcultures in Indonesia. Children’s Geographies 2003;1(2):181–200. [Google Scholar]
Berckmans 2013
- Berckmans I, Velasco ML, Tapia BP, Loots G. A systematic review: a quest for effective interventions for children and adolescents in street situation. Children and Youth Services Review 2012;34(7):1259‐72. [Google Scholar]
Bronfenbrenner 1979
- Bronfenbrenner U. The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1979. [Google Scholar]
Connolly 2012
- Connolly J, Joly L. Outreach with street‐involved youth: a quantitative and qualitative review of the literature [Outreach with street‐involved youth: a quantitative and qualitative review of the literature]. Clinical Psychology Review 2012;32(6):524‐34. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Conticini 2007
- Conticini A, Hulme D. Escaping violence, seeking freedom. Why children in Bangladesh migrate to the street. Development and Change 2007;38(2):201‐27. [Google Scholar]
Coren 2014
- Coren E, Hossain R, Ramsbotham K, Martin A, Pardo J. Engagement‐Related Process Factors in Services for Street‐Connected Children and Young People in Low‐ and Middle‐Income Countires: A Thematic Synthesis. Engagement‐Related Process Factors in Services for Street‐Connected Children and Young People in Low‐ and Middle‐Income Countires: A Thematic Synthesis (accessed 5 November 2015). New Delhi, India: International Initiative for Impact Evaluation (3ie), 2014.
Coren 2015
- Coren E, Hossain R. Thematic synthesis of services for street‐connected children and young people in low‐ and middle‐income countries: outreach and pathways to services. (Under review).
CSC 2009
- Consortium for Street Children. Street Children Statistics. London: CSC, 2009. [Google Scholar]
Dybicz 2005
- Dybicz P. Interventions for street children: an analysis of current best practices. International Social Work 2005;48(6):763–71. [Google Scholar]
Ennew 2000
- Ennew J. Street and Working Children: A Guide to Planning. London: Save the Children, 2000. [Google Scholar]
Ennew 2003
- Ennew J, Swart‐Kruger J. Introduction: homes, places and spaces in the construction of street children and street youth. Children, Youth and Environments 2003;13(1):1‐21. [Google Scholar]
Feeny 2005
- Feeny T. In Best or Vested Interests? An Exploration of the Concept and Practice of Family Reunification for Street Children. London, UK: Consortium for Street Children, 2005. [Google Scholar]
Ferguson 2007
- Ferguson K. Implementing a social enterprise intervention with homeless, street‐living youths in Los Angeles. Social Work 2007;52(2):103‐12. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Ferguson 2008b
- Ferguson KM, Islam N. Conceptualizing outcomes with street‐living young adults: grounded theory approach to evaluating the Social Enterprise Intervention. Qualitative Social Work 2008;7(2):217‐37. [Google Scholar]
Finkelhor 1990
- Finkelhor D, Hotaling G, Sedlak A. Missing, Abducted, Runaway, and Thrownaway Children in America. First Report: Numbers and Characteristics ‐ National Incidence Studies. Washington, DC: US Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 1990.
Gaetz 2004
- Gaetz S. Safe streets for whom? Homeless youth, social exclusion, and criminal victimization. Canadian Journal of Criminology and Criminal Justice/La Revue Canadienne de Criminologie et de Justice Pénale 2004;46(4):423‐56. [Google Scholar]
Glauser 1997
- Glauser B. Street children: deconstructing a construct. Constructing and Reconstructing Childhood: Contemporary Issues in the Sociological Study of Childhood. London, UK: Psychology Press, 1997. [Google Scholar]
Godin 2008
- Godin G, Sheeran P, Conner M, Germain M. Asking questions changes behavior: mere measurement effects on frequency of blood donation. Health Psychology 2008;27(2):179‐84. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Hammerstrøm 2010
- Hammerstrøm K, Wade A, Jørgensen AMK. Searching for studies: a guide to information retrieval for Campbell systematic reviews. Campbell Systematic Reviews 2010;(Suppl 1):1‐75. [DOI: 10.4073/csrs.2010.1] [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Henley 2010
- Henley R, McAlpine K, Mueller M, Vetter S. Does school attendance reduce the risk of youth homelessness in Tanzania. International Journal of Mental Health Systems 2010;4(28):http://www.ijmhs.com/content/4/1/28 (accessed 7 February 2011). [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Higgins 2011
- Higgins JPT, Green S, editors. Cochrane Handbook for Systematic Reviews of Interventions Version 5.1.0 [updated March 2011]. The Cochrane Collaboration, 2011. www.cochrane‐handbook.org.
Hossain 2014
- Hossain R, Coren E. Service engagement in interventions for street‐connected children and young people: a summary of evidence supplementing a recent Cochrane–Campbell review. Child & Youth Care Forum 2014;44(3):451‐70. [Google Scholar]
Kacker 2007
- Kacker L, Varadan S, Kumar P. Study on Child Abuse: India 2007. New Delhi, India: Ministry of Women and Child Development, Government of India, 2007: http://wcd.nic.in/childabuse.pdf (accessed 7 February 2012).
Karabanow 2004
- Karabanow J, Clement P. Interventions with street youth: a commentary on the practice‐based research literature. Brief Treatment and Crisis Intervention 2004;4(1):93‐108. [Google Scholar]
Karabanow 2008
- Karabanow J. Getting off the street: exploring the processes of young people's street exits. American Behavioral Scientist 2008;51(6):772‐88. [Google Scholar]
Karabanow 2010
- Karabanow J, Hughes J, Ticknoe J, Kidd S, Patterson D. The economics of being young and poor: how homeless youth survive in neo‐liberal times. Journal of Sociology & Social Welfare 2010;37(4):39‐61. [Google Scholar]
Karabanow 2014
- Karabanow J, Kidd S. Being young and homeless: addressing youth homelessness from drop‐in to drafting policy. Homelessness and Health in Canada. Ottawa, Canada: University of Ottawa Press, 2014:13‐35. University of Ottawa Press.
Karver 2006
- Karver MS, Handelsman J, Fields S, Bickman L. Meta‐analysis of therapeutic relationship variables in youth and family therapy: the evidence for different relationship variables in the child and adolescent treatment outcome literature. Clinical Psychology Review 2006;26:50‐65. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Kasirye 2004
- Kasirye R. Empowering street and slum young people to prevent HIV/AIDS in Kawempe Division‐Kampala City: a case study of Uganda youth development link (UYDEL). Proceedings of the Conference Organised by UNESCO; 2004 March 1‐5; Changmai, Thailand.
Kavanagh 2008
- Kavanagh J, Oliver S, Lorenc T. Reflections on developing and using PROGRESS‐Plus Equity Update. Equity Update 2008;2(1):1‐3. www.equity.cochrane.org/Files/Equity_Update_Vol2_Issue1.pdf (accessed 7 February 2012). [Google Scholar]
Kombarakaran 2004
- Kombarakaran FA. Children living and working in the street of Bombay: their stressors and strategies of coping. Child and Youth Services Review 2004;26(9):853‐71. [Google Scholar]
Kufeldt 1992
- Kufeldt K, Durieux M, Nimmo M, McDonald M. Providing shelter for street youth: are we reaching those in need?. Child Abuse and Neglect 1992;16(2):187‐99. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Lavis 2009
- Lavis JN, Oxman AD, Souza NM, Lewin S, Gruen RL, Fretheim A. SUPPORT tools for evidence‐informed health policymaking (STP) 9: assessing the applicability of the findings of a systematic review. Health Research Policy and Systems 2009;7(Suppl 1):S9. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Lightfoot 2011
- Lightfoot M, Stein JA, Tevendale H, Preston K. Protective factors associated with fewer multiple problem behaviors among homeless/runaway youth. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology 40;6:878‐89. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Lipsey 2000
- Lipsey MW, Cordray DS. Evaluation methods for social intervention. Annual Review of Psychology 2000;51:345‐75. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Malindi 2012
- Malindi MJ, Machenjedze N. The role of school engagement in strengthening resilience among male street children. South African Journal of Psychology 2012;42(1):71‐81. [Google Scholar]
Mann 2014
- Mann G. Going Home: Children’s Reintegration in Mexico, Moldova and Nepal. London, UK: Family for Every Child, 2014. [Google Scholar]
McAdam‐Crisp 2005
- McAdam‐Crisp J, Aptekar L, Kironyo W. The theory of resilience and its application to street children in the minority and majority world. Ungar M, editor.Handbook for Working With Children and Youth: Pathways to Resilience Across Cultures and Contexts. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2005:71–88. [Google Scholar]
Moore 2005
- Moore J, National Center for Homeless Education. Unaccompanied and homeless youth: review of literature (1995‐2005). center.serve.org/nche/downloads/uy_lit_review.pdf (accessed 7 February 2012).
Morwitz 2004
- Morwitz VG, Fitzsimons GJ. The mere‐measurement effect: why does measuring CT intentions change actual behavior?. Journal of Consumer Psychology 2004;14(1 and 2):64–73. [Google Scholar]
Muhrisun 2004
- Muhrisun A. Failing the Forgotten: Intervention Programs for Street Children in Yogyakarta Indonesia. Failing the Forgotten: Intervention Programs for Street Children in Yogyakarta Indonesia. Montreal, Quebec, Canada: McGill University, 2004. [Google Scholar]
Naranbhai 2011
- Naranbhai V, Abdool Karim Q, Meyer‐Weitz A. Interventions to modify sexual risk behaviours for preventing HIV in homeless youth. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2011, Issue 1. [DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD007501.pub2] [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Ouma 2004
- Ouma WG. Education for Street Children in Kenya: The Role of the Undugu Society. Paris: International Institute for Educational Planning, 2004. [Google Scholar]
Panter‐Brick 2002
- Panter‐Brick C. Street children, human rights, and public health: a critique and future directions. Annual Review of Anthropology 2002;31:147‐71. [Google Scholar]
Paterson 2008
- Paterson BL, Panessa C. Engagement as an ethical imperative in harm reduction involving at‐risk youth. International Journal of Drug Policy 2008;19(1):24‐32. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Patton 2011
- Patton R, Slesnick N, Bantchevska D, Guo X, Kim Y. Predictors of follow‐up completion among runaway substance‐abusing adolescents and their primary caretakers. Community Mental Health Journal 2011;47:220‐6. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Peters 2004
- Peters DH, Mirchandani GG, Hansen P. Strategies for engaging the private sector in sexual and reproductive health: how effective are they?. Health Policy and Planning 2004;19 Suppl 1:i5‐i21. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Plummer 2007
- Mary L, Plummer ML, Mustafa Kudrati M, Hag Yousif ND. Beginning street life: factors contributing to children working and living on the streets of Khartoum, Sudan. Children and Youth Services Review 2007;29:1520‐36. [Google Scholar]
Poland 2002
- Poland BD, Tupker E, Breland K. Involving street youth in peer harm reduction education. Canadian Journal of Public Health 2002;93(5):344‐8. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Pottie 2010
- Pottie K, Tugwell P, Welch V, Ueffing E, Feightner J, Kelly M, et al. Extrapolation: effectiveness and equity analysis of systematic reviews. Presentations given at 2009 North American Primary Care Research Group (NAPCRG Annual Meeting) 2010; Vol. 42, issue Suppl 2.
Praharaj 2008
- Praharaj SK, Verma K, Arora M. Inhalant abuse (typewriter correction fluid) in street children. Journal of Addiction Medicine 2008;2(4):175‐7. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Raffaelli 2000
- Raffaeli M, Koller SH, Reppold CT, Kuschick MB, Krum FMB, Bandeira DR, et al. Gender differences in Brazilian street youth's family circumstances and experiences on the street. Child Abuse and Neglect 2000;24(11):1431‐41. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Redes Rio Crianca 2007
- Redes RC. Crianca Rua e ONGs: Quem Faz o que faz? Mapeamento de Acoes Das ONGs Junto as Criancas e adolescentes em situacao de rua no municipio do RJ [Childhood, Street and NGOs: Who are they and what do they do? Mapping of NGO Activities Working with Children and Adolescents in Street Situations in the Municipality of Rio de Janeiro]. Rio de Janeiro: Criacao Grafica, 2007. [Google Scholar]
RevMan 2011 [Computer program]
- The Nordic Cochrane Centre, The Cochrane Collaboration. Review Manager (RevMan). Version 5.1. Copenhagen: The Nordic Cochrane Centre, The Cochrane Collaboration, 2011.
Roberts 2010
- Roberts J. Teaching and learning with therapists who work with street children and their families. Family Process 2010;49:385‐404. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Ross 2006
- Ross DA, Dick B, Ferguson J. Preventing HIV/AIDS in young people: a systematic review of the evidence from developing countries. WHO Technical Report Series. www.unicef.org/aids/files/PREVENTING_HIV_AIDS_IN_YOUNG_PEOPLE__A_SYSTEMATIC_REVIEW_OF_THE_EVIDENCE_FROM_DEVELOPING_COUNTRIES_WHO_2006.pdf (accessed 7 February 2011). [PubMed]
Sanabria 2006
- Sanabria JJ. Youth homelessness: prevention and intervention efforts in psychology. Universitas Psychologica 2006;5(1):51‐67. [Google Scholar]
Shephard 2014
- Shephard D. Nonformal education for improving educational outcomes for street children and street youth in developing countries: a systematic review. International Journal of Social Welfare 2014;23:349–61. [Google Scholar]
Singer 2010
- Singer PW. The enablers of war: causal factors behind the child soldiers phenomenon. Gates S, Reich S, editors. Child Soldiers in the Age of Fractured States. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 2010:93‐107. [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2002
- Slesnick N, Vasquez C, Bittinger J. Family functioning, substance use and related problem behaviours: Hispanic vs. Anglo runaway youths. Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse 2002;1(4):83‐101. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2006
- Slesnick N, Bartle‐Haring S, Gangamma R. Predictors of substance use and family therapy outcome among physically and sexually abused runaway adolescents. Journal of Marital Family Therapy 2006;32(3):261‐81. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2006b
- Slesnick N, Bartle‐Haring S, Glebova T, Glade AC. Homeless adolescent parents: HIV risk, family structure and individual problem behaviours. Journal of Adolescent Health 2006;39(5):774‐7. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2006c
- Slesnick N, Bartle‐Haring S, Glebova T, Glade A. Primary alcohol versus primary drug use among adolescents: an examination of differences. Addictive Behaviours 2006;31(11):2080‐93. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2008
- Slesnick N, Kang Min Ju, Aukward E. Treatment attendance among homeless youth: the impact of childhood abuse and prior suicide attempts. Substance Abuse 2008;29(2):43‐52. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2009
- Slesnick N, Dashora P, Letcher A, Erdem G, Serovich J. A review of services and interventions for runaway and homeless youth: moving forward. Children and Youth Services Review 2009;31:732‐42. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Slesnick 2012
- Slesnick N. Slesnick's Lab ‐ Ohio State University [Internet web page]. legacy.ehe.osu.edu/hdfs/lab/star/ (accessed 20 September 2012).
Sobell 1992
- Sobell LC, Sobell MB. Timeline follow‐back: a technique for assessing self‐reported alcohol consumption. Litten RZ, Allen JP, editors. Measuring Alcohol Consumption: Psychosocial and Biological Methods. Totowa: Humana Press, 1992:41–72. [Google Scholar]
Souza 2010
- Souza R, Porten K, Nicholas S, Grais R. Outcomes for street children and youth under multidisciplinary care in a drop‐in centre in Tegucigalpa, Honduras. International Journal of Social Psychiatry 2010;57:619–26. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Thabet 2010
- Thabet AA, Matar S, Carpintero A, Bankart J, Vostanis P. Mental health problems among labour children in the Gaza Strip. Child: Care, Health and Development 2011;37(1):89‐95. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Theron 2010
- Theron LC, Malindi MJ. Resilient street youth: a qualitative South African study. Journal of Youth Studies 2010;13(6):717‐36. [Google Scholar]
Thoburn 2009
- Thoburn J. Reunification from care: the permanence option that has most to offer, but the lowest success rate. Seen and Heard 2009;18(4):44‐53. [Google Scholar]
Thomas de Benitez 2008
- Thomas De Benitez S, Jones G. Youth on the streets. Briefing note on youth. www.un.org/youth/ (accessed 1 August 2011).
Thomas de Benitez 2011
- Thomas de Benitez S. State of the World Street Children: Research. London: CSC, 2011. [Google Scholar]
Thomas de Benitez 2011b
- Thomas de Benitez S. Street Children: A Mapping & Gapping Review of the Literature 2000 to 2010. www.crin.org/docs (accessed 7 February 2012).
Towe 2009
- Towe V, ul Hasan S, Tariq Zafar S, Sherman S. Street life and drug risk behaviors associated with exchanging sex among male street children in Lahore, Pakistan. Journal of Adolescent Health 2009;44(3):222‐8. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Tyler 1986
- Tyler FB. A preventive psychosocial approach for working with street children. Proceedings of the 94th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association; 22‐26 August 1986; Washington, DC. 1986.
UN High Commission on Human Rights 2012
- Office of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights. Protection and/or promotion of the rights of children living and working on the street. http://www.ohchr.org/Documents/Issues/Children/Study/OHCHRBrochureStreetChildren.pdf (accessed 20 September 2012).
UNICEF 2001a
- UNICEF. A study on street children in Zimbabwe. www.unicef.org/evaldatabase/index_14411.html (accessed 7 February 2012).
UNICEF 2001b
- UNICEF. Rapid situation assessment report on: the situation of street children in Cairo and Alexandria, including the children’s drug abuse and health/nutritional status. www.unicef.org/evaldatabase/index_14268.html (accessed 7 February 2012).
UNICEF 2002
- UNICEF. The State of the World’s Children 2003. NY: UNICEF, 2002. [Google Scholar]
UNICEF 2005
- UNICEF. The State of the World’s Children 2006. NY: UNICEF, 2005. [Google Scholar]
United Nations 2006
- United Nations. World report on violence against children. http://www.unicef.org/lac/full_tex%283%29.pdf (accessed 7 January 2016) 2006:1‐327.
Van Blerk 2006
- Blerk L. Diversity and difference in the everyday lives of Ugandan street children: the significance of age and gender for understanding the use of space. Social Dynamics 2006;32(1):47‐74. [Google Scholar]
Wanzela 2010
- Wenzela S, Tucker JS, Golinelli D, Green HD Jr, Zhou A. Personal network correlates of alcohol, cigarette, and marijuana use among homeless youth. Drug and Alcohol Dependence 2010;112(1‐2, 1):140‐9. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Wedge 2013
- Wedge J, Krumholz A, Jones L. Reaching for home: global learning on family reintegration in low and lower‐middle income countries. http://www.familyforeverychild.org/report/reaching‐for‐home/ (accessed 05 September 2015). Minneapolis: Family for Every Child, the Better Care Network, War Child Holland, the Child Protection in Crisis Network, International Rescue Committee, Save the Children, Retrak, Home: Child Recovery and Reintegration Network, Maestral International, 2013:1‐52.
West 2003
- West A. At the margins: street children in Asia and the Pacific. www.adb.org/Documents/Papers/Street_children__Asia_Pacific/SC_final.pdf (accessed 7 February 2012).
Whitbeck 2004
- Whitbeck L, Johnson K, Hoyt D, Cauce A. Mental disorder and comorbidity among runaway and homeless adolescents. Journal of Adolescent Health 2004;35:132‐40. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Whitbeck 2009
- Whitbeck LB. Mental Health and Emerging Adulthood among Homeless People. New York: Psychology Press, 2009. [Google Scholar]
WHO SEKN 2008
- Popay J, Escorel S, Hernández M, Johnston H, Mathieson J, Rispel L, WHO SEKN (Social Exclusion Knowledge Network). Understanding and tackling social exclusion: final report to the WHO Commission on social determinants of health from the social exclusion knowledge network. www.who.int/social_determinants/knowledge_networks/final_reports/sekn_final%20report_042008.pdf (accessed 7 February 2012).
Woan 2013
- Woan J, Lin J, Auerswald C. The health status of street children and youth in low‐ and middle‐income countries: a systematic review of the literature. Journal of Adolescent Health 2013;53:314‐21.e12. [DOI] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
Xiang 2013
- Xiang X. A review of interventions for substance use among homeless youth. Research on Social Work Practice 2013;23:34‐45. [Google Scholar]
Xue 2009
- Xue Z. Brief note: urban street children in China: a social exclusion perspective. International Social Work 2009;52:401‐8. [Google Scholar]
Young 2004
- Young L. Journeys to the street: the complex migration geographies of Ugandan street children. Geoforum 2004;35(4):471–88. [Google Scholar]